​

Eat Your Beets

menu icon
subscribe
search icon
Sign Up To Our Newsletter →

Hawaiian Garlic Shrimp Recipe (20 Minutes, So Flavorful!)

by 1 Comment

This buttery, zesty Hawaiian Garlic Shrimp Recipe comes together in under 30 minutes and brings major island vibes straight to your kitchen.

Hawaiian Garlic Shrimp.

I’ve never been to Hawaii’s North Shore, but when I lived in Auckland, we had plenty of backyard luaus and Hawaiian-style feasts—garlic shrimp, pineapple, and all. That’s where I first fell in love with the bold, buttery flavors of Hawaiian garlic shrimp.

This recipe brings those memories to life with juicy shrimp, sizzling garlic butter, and a tangy lemon kick. It’s the kind of dish I’d serve alongside my Instant Pot Huli Huli Chicken and a scoop of Carrot and Raisin Salad with Pineapple—a tropical spread you can whip up any night of the week.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Flavor overload: Garlic, butter, lemon, and chili—rich, zesty, and totally irresistible.
  • Fast & fuss-free: From skillet to plate in under 30 minutes.
  • Versatile: Serve it taco-style, rice bowl-style, or party-style.

⭐ Star Ingredients

Ingredients to make Hawaiian garlic shrimp.
  • Shrimp: Go for large, juicy shrimp (I like 16/20 count). Shell-on brings more flavor, but peeled is quicker—either way, pat them dry for that perfect sear.
  • Fresh Garlic: This dish is all about the garlic. I grate mine with a microplane so it melts into the sauce—fresh is key, not the jarred stuff.
  • Butter: Butter gives this shrimp its signature richness. I pair it with a little olive oil to keep it from burning while the garlic sizzles.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Creamy Island Style: Add a splash of coconut milk for a velvety, tropical twist.
  • Crispy Crunch: Coat in panko after flouring for extra texture.
  • Gluten-Free: Sub cornstarch for flour.
  • Low-Heat: Skip the chili for a milder, kid-friendly version.
  • Citrus Swap: Try lime juice if that’s what you have.

Want more seafood dishes? Try Creamy Tuscan Salmon or Garlic Paprika Air Fryer Shrimp.

🔪 How To Make Hawaiian Garlic Shrimp

seasonings for shrimp recipe.
  1. Step 1: n a small bowl, mix together the flour, red pepper, salt, and black pepper.
shrimp covered in paprika and seasoning.
  1. Step 2: Coat the shrimp evenly with the flour mixture, making sure each piece is well covered.
butter in a skillet.
  1. Step 3: Heat olive oil and butter in a skillet over medium heat until the butter melts and the pan is hot.
hawaiian shrimp in a skillet pan cooked in butter.
  1. Step 4: Carefully place the shrimp in the skillet in a single layer.
hawaiian shrimp in a skillet pan cooked in butter.
  1. Step 5: Cook the shrimp for a few minutes on each side until they turn golden and crispy.
hawaiian shrimp in a skillet pan.
  1. Step 6: Add the grated garlic to the pan and stir well. Place lemon wedges around the shrimp and sprinkle with fresh herbs for extra flavor.
hawaiian shrimp on a fork.
  1. Step 7: Serve the cooked garlic shrimp alongside a bed of fluffy rice on a plate.
Hawaiian Garlic Shrimp on a white plate with rice and chives.
  1. Step 8: Enjoy your delicious Hawaii Garlic Shrimp!
Hawaiian Garlic Shrimp on a white plate with rice.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Cast-iron is best: It gives the shrimp a beautiful crust and holds heat like a dream.
  • Don’t overcrowd the pan: Cook in batches for the best texture.
  • Add garlic in stages: Some early for depth, some at the end for that bold finish.
Garlic shrimp on a white plate with rice.

💭 FAQs

Should I cook the shrimp with the shell on or shell off?

Cooking shrimp with the shell on enhances flavor and helps retain moisture. Many traditional Hawaiian recipes keep the shell intact.

Do I need to devein the shrimp for this garlic shrimp recipe?

Deveining is a personal preference. While it's not harmful to consume, removing the vein can improve the shrimp's appearance and texture.

What is the best flour to coat this garlic Hawaiian shrimp?

All-purpose works great. For a crispier edge, try half flour, half cornstarch.

What's the best way to reheat this garlic shrimp Hawaii recipe?

Reheat gently in a skillet over low heat to prevent overcooking. Avoid microwaving, as it can make the shrimp rubbery.

💖 Serving Suggestions

Want some suggestions for serving Hawaii Garlic Shrimp? Try these:

  • Soft Tacos: Wrap shrimp in warm tortillas with slaw and spicy mayo.
  • With Grilled Pineapple: Sweet and smoky—perfect contrast to the garlic butter.
  • Over Coconut Rice: Creamy, fragrant, and sauce-ready.
  • Topped with Pineapple Mango Salsa: Bright, juicy, and next-level tropical.

💡 Leftovers = Next-Day Brunch Hero
Use extra shrimp for:

  • Shrimp fried rice
  • Garlic shrimp tacos
  • A brunch omelet with sweet chili sauce

Save a few to toss into your eggs tomorrow. You're welcome.

🍽 More Summer Favorites!

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us on our Facebook Page! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or s

Hawaiian Garlic Shrimp.

Hawaiian Garlic Shrimp

Angela Milnes
This Hawaiian Garlic Shrimp is buttery, garlicky, and full of flavor—just like the ones from a Hawaiian food truck, but easy to make at home!
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 10 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Course Main Course
Cuisine Hawaiian
Servings 2 Servings
Calories 544 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 7 oz Shrimp
  • 6 tablespoon Butter
  • 2 Cloves Garlic (minced)
  • 1 Lemon (cut into wedges)
  • 1 tablespoon Flour
  • 1 teaspoon Chili Pepper
  • 1 teaspoon Salt
  • Black pepper (to taste)
  • 2 tablespoon Olive Oil
  • Rice (for serving)

Instructions
 

  • In a small bowl, mix together the flour, red pepper, salt, and black pepper.
  • Coat the shrimp evenly with the flour mixture, making sure each piece is well covered.
  • Heat olive oil and butter in a skillet over medium heat until the butter melts and the pan is hot.
  • Carefully place the shrimp in the skillet in a single layer.
  • Cook the shrimp for a few minutes on each side until they turn golden and crispy.
  • Add the grated garlic to the pan and stir well. Place lemon wedges around the shrimp and sprinkle with fresh herbs for extra flavor.
  • Serve the cooked garlic shrimp alongside a bed of fluffy rice on a plate.
  • Enjoy your delicious Hawaiian Garlic Shrimp!

Notes

Marinate for More Flavor: Soak the shrimp in olive oil, garlic, and lemon juice for 15 minutes before coating to enhance the taste.
Use a Cast-Iron Skillet: A cast-iron pan gives the shrimp a perfect golden crust and deeper flavor.
Add Garlic in Stages: Save some garlic to add at the last minute for a fresh, bold garlic kick.

Nutrition

Calories: 544kcalCarbohydrates: 9gProtein: 22gFat: 49gSaturated Fat: 24gPolyunsaturated Fat: 3gMonounsaturated Fat: 19gTrans Fat: 1gCholesterol: 250mgSodium: 1553mgPotassium: 371mgFiber: 2gSugar: 2gVitamin A: 1086IUVitamin C: 33mgCalcium: 95mgIron: 1mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Carrot And Raisin Salad With Pineapple

by 1 Comment

Brighten up your plate with this sweet and tangy Carrot and Raisin Salad With Pineapple! This refreshing, creamy salad brings together crunchy grated carrots, juicy pineapple, and chewy raisins for a light and flavorful side dish. Ready in 10 minutes this raisin and carrot salad is a total crowd-pleaser.

Carrot and raisin salad on a serving plate.

We used to make this salad all the time when I was a kid. It was one of the first recipes I learned to throw together for family potlucks. These days, it’s still a popular one in our kitchen and always a hit at BBQs, casual get-togethers and is perfect for a Hawaiian luau.

It pairs perfectly with juicy stuffed chicken breasts, air fried almon fillets, or quick air fryer steak bites.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • No-cook side dish – Ready in minutes with zero stovetop time.
  • Great for picnics and potlucks – It travels well and gets better as it chills.
  • Sweet meets tangy – The honey-kissed creamy dressing balances the tropical pineapple and plump raisins.
  • Family-friendly and colorful – Even picky eaters go for this one!

⭐ Star Ingredients

Ingredients to make raisin and carrot salad.
  • Grated Carrots – I always grate fresh for the best texture. They bring sweetness and crunch, no cooking needed!
  • Pineapple Chunks – Fresh is fab, but I often use canned (drained well!) when I’m short on time. It gives that juicy tropical kick.
  • Raisins – I love golden raisins for a pop of color and subtle flavor, but regular work fine too—especially if soaked to bring back that juicy chew.
  • Greek Yogurt or Sour Cream – I lean into Greek yogurt for a lighter, tangy dressing. It makes the whole thing feel fresher.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Tropical Twist – Add mango cubes and shredded coconut for a beachy vibe.
  • Nutty Crunch – Mix in toasted walnuts or slivered almonds for texture.
  • Greek-Style – Sub raisins for dried cranberries and toss in a bit of feta.
  • Spicy-Sweet – A pinch of chili flakes or cayenne brings heat to balance the sweetness.

If you love this raisin carrot pineapple salad, you'll want to try my Thai Peanut Salad, Watermelon Feta Salad or my favorite Jalapeño Coleslaw.

How To Make Carrot Salad With Raisins And Pineapple

Mayonnaise and sour cream in a bowl.
  1. Step 1: Start by combining the mayonnaise and sour cream in a small bowl.
Adding honey to mayonnaise and sour cream in a bowl.
  1. Step 2: To this mixture, add the olive oil, a pinch of salt, and honey.
creamy sauce for raisin and carrot salad.
  1. Step 3: Stir everything together until the dressing is smooth and well-blended, ensuring the honey is fully incorporated for a touch of sweetness.
Grated carrots and raisins in a bowl.
  1. Step 4: In a larger bowl, place the grated carrots, sliced fresh pineapple, and raisins.
Mixing pineapple, carrots and raisins in a bowl.
  1. Step 5: Mix them well.
Adding creamy sauce to carrot and raisin salad.
  1. Step 6: Pour the prepared dressing over the carrot, pineapple, and raisin mixture.
Carrot raisin and pineapple salad.
  1. Step 7: Toss everything together until the salad components are evenly coated with the dressing. Now your carrot and raisin salad with pineapple is ready to be served!
carrot raisin and pineapple salad on a plate.
  1. Step 8: Transfer the salad to a serving dish or arrange it on individual plates. The salad is now ready to be enjoyed as a refreshing side dish that pairs wonderfully with a variety of main courses, adding a bright and flavorful touch to any meal.

💡 Soak the Raisins: For plumper, juicier bites, soak your raisins in a bit of warm water or pineapple juice for 5–10 minutes before adding.

Carrot and raisin salad with pineapple, in a plate.

👩‍🍳 Best Salad-Making Tips

  • Grate Fresh Carrots: Freshly grated carrots (not pre-shredded) give the best texture. I like to use a box grater.
  • Use Cold Ingredients: Keeps the salad crisp and refreshing.
  • Let It Rest: Chilling for 30+ minutes helps the dressing absorb and the flavors pop.
  • Adjust Sweetness: Taste the dressing before adding and tweak the honey depending on your pineapple’s sweetness.

FAQ'S

Can I use canned pineapple in this carrot raisin salad?

Yes, canned pineapple works well, but drain it completely to avoid excess liquid making the salad too watery.

Can I make carrot raisin salad ahead of time?

Yes, just keep the dressing separate until an hour before serving for the best crunch.

Can I make this carrot raisin pineapple salad vegan?

Absolutely—use vegan mayo and swap the honey for maple syrup or agave to keep it fully plant-based.

How long does carrot raisin salad last in the fridge?

Up to 2 days in an airtight container. Stir before serving!

Should I freeze carrot and raisin salad?

No, freezing will change the texture, making the carrots mushy and the dressing watery. Avoid at all costs!

💖 Serving Suggestions

How should I serve carrot salad with raisins and pineapple?

💡Presentation Tip: Serve in a wide, shallow white bowl or a glass trifle-style dish to show off the color layers—perfect for potlucks or buffets!

🍽 More Tasty And Delicious Snacks

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us on our Facebook Page! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Carrot And Raisin Salad With Pineapple.

Carrot And Raisin Salad With Pineapple

Angela Milnes
This Carrot Raisin and Pineapple salad is the perfect sweet and tangy side dish for any meal. It's quick, easy, and packed with flavor, making it ideal for adding a refreshing touch to your table.
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 8 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Total Time 8 minutes
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 199 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 2 Cups Grated Carrots
  • 1 Cup Fresh Pineapple (Sliced)
  • 2 tablespoon Sour Cream
  • 1 tablespoon Mayonnaise
  • 2 tablespoon Honey
  • 1 tablespoon Olive Oil
  • 1 Pinch Salt
  • ½ Cup Raisins

Instructions
 

  • Start by combining the mayonnaise and sour cream in a small bowl.
  • To this mixture, add the olive oil, a pinch of salt, and honey.
  • Stir everything together until the dressing is smooth and well-blended, ensuring the honey is fully incorporated for a touch of sweetness.
  • In a larger bowl, place the grated carrots, sliced fresh pineapple, and raisins.
  • Mix them well.
  • Pour the prepared dressing over the carrot, pineapple, and raisin mixture.
  • Toss everything together until the salad components are evenly coated with the dressing. Now your carrot and raisin salad with pineapple is ready to be served!
  • Transfer the salad to a serving dish or arrange it on individual plates. The salad is now ready to be enjoyed as a refreshing side dish that pairs wonderfully with a variety of main courses, adding a bright and flavorful touch to any meal.

Notes

Chill the Salad: Let the salad sit in the fridge for 30 minutes to let the flavors meld together beautifully.
Add Crunch with Nuts: Toss in some chopped almonds or walnuts for a satisfying crunch.
Use Greek Yogurt: Swap the sour cream for Greek yogurt for a creamy and tangy boost.

Nutrition

Calories: 199kcalCarbohydrates: 35gProtein: 1gFat: 8gSaturated Fat: 2gPolyunsaturated Fat: 2gMonounsaturated Fat: 3gTrans Fat: 0.01gCholesterol: 5mgSodium: 84mgPotassium: 413mgFiber: 4gSugar: 16gVitamin A: 10755IUVitamin C: 25mgCalcium: 39mgIron: 1mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Crispy Air Fryer Apples Fries (Under 15 Minutes)

by 1 Comment

Craving something warm, sweet, and crunchy—without firing up the oven? These Crispy Air Fryer Apple Fries are the ultimate snack-meets-dessert. Think apple pie, but handheld and air-fried in under 15 minutes. It’s everything you want when that sweet tooth hits now.

These air-fried apple fries are quick, easy, and ridiculously good. Whether you're whipping them up for a snack board, a last-minute dessert, or a fun after-school treat, they check every box—crispy outside, soft inside, and made with pantry staples.

Want more fun snacks? Try my Air Fryer French Toast With Blueberries or balance things out with Air Fryer Crab Cakes.

Crispy air fryer apple fries on a white plate drizzled with caramel.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Crispy without the deep fry – All crunch, no oil bath.
  • Done in under 15 minutes – Dessert doesn’t have to be complicated.
  • Totally dippable and kid-approved – Pair with caramel, chocolate, or yogurt.
  • Easy to switch up – Use different crumbs, spices, or coatings.

⭐ Star Ingredients

Ingredients to make air fried apples.
  • Apples – I go for firm ones like Honeycrisp or Granny Smith—they hold their shape and don’t go floppy.
  • Eggs – The key to locking in that crispy coating. No slipping, no sliding.
  • Cookie Crumbs + Sugar – Crushed grahams, wafers, or gingersnaps bring the crunch and sweet.
  • Flour – A light dusting first makes the magic stick.

🔀 Substitutions & Variations

  • Vegan – Use a flax egg and plant-based cookie crumbs.
  • Gluten-Free – Swap in a GF flour blend and gluten-free cookies.
  • Spicy-Sweet – Add a tiny pinch of cayenne to the crumb mix for sweet heat.
  • Cinnamon Pop – Stir cinnamon into the sugar for extra flavor.
  • Kid Favorite – Crushed cinnamon cereal makes these next-level snackable.

Want more fun fruity recipes? Try my Blueberry Chia Pudding or stack them with Buckwheat Pancakes for a sweet brunch moment.

🍎 Crumb Showdown: Which Coating Wins?

I tested a few crumb combos to find the best texture and flavor for these crispy apple fries—and here’s the rundown:

  • Graham Crackers – Sweet, golden, and easy to crisp. They’re my go-to for that classic apple-pie vibe, and they brown up beautifully in the air fryer.
  • Gingersnaps – Spicy and bold with a deeper crunch. Great if you want a cozy twist, but they can brown a little faster, so keep an eye on them.
  • Cinnamon Cereal – This one’s for the kids (and, let’s be honest, me too). It adds a sweet, toasty finish and is super fun for dipping.

💡Pro tip: Graham crackers are still my fave for everyday apple fries—they're reliable, toasty, and perfectly sweet. But if you're feeling adventurous, swap in gingersnaps or cereal for a fun remix.

🔪 How To Make Crispy Air Fryer Apple Fries

Apples.
  1. Step 1: Start by thoroughly washing your apples, then slice them into even wedges, removing the core from each piece.
Coating each apple wedge with flour.
  1. Step 2: Lightly coat each apple wedge with flour, ensuring they are completely covered. This helps the subsequent layers adhere better.
Dipping the flour-coated apple wedge into egg mixture.
  1. Step 3: In a small bowl, beat together eggs with a splash of water until well combined. Dip the flour-coated apple wedges into this egg wash, allowing any excess to drip off.
Coating the egg-dipped apple wedges in the crumb mixture.
  1. Step 4: Combine cookie crumbs and sugar in a separate bowl. Roll the egg-dipped apple wedges in the crumb mixture until they are evenly coated on all sides. (Double coat for extra crunch).
Coated apple wedges in a single layer in the air fryer basket.
  1. Step 5: Arrange the coated apple wedges in a single layer in the air fryer basket, ensuring they do not touch for even cooking. Set the air fryer to 400°F and cook for 7-8 minutes or until the coating is golden and crispy.
Air fryer apple wedges on a plate.
  1. Step 6: Serve your air fryer fried apples warm, accompanied by a side of caramel sauce for dipping. Enjoy the sweet and crunchy treat!

💡 Hint: Getting soggy fries? Flip halfway, don’t overcrowd, and give them a quick 2-minute reheat blast to revive the crunch!

Crispy air fryer apple fries on a white plate drizzled with caramel.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Freeze Before Frying: Pop the coated apple wedges in the freezer for 10-15 minutes before air frying for an extra crispy coating.
  • Add Spices: Mix a pinch of cinnamon or nutmeg into the crumb mixture for a cozy flavor boost.
  • Spray for Crispiness: Lightly spray the apple wedges with cooking oil before air frying to get that perfect golden crunch.
  • Kid-Tested Win: Let your kids dip these in chocolate sauce, maple syrup, or even whipped cream. Sylvia once used chocolate milk—and honestly, she might be onto something.

💭 FAQs

What Is The Ideal Thickness For Apple Fries

Slice your apples about ¼-inch thick—thin enough to crisp, but thick enough to stay juicy inside. Too thin and they’ll shrivel; too thick and they won’t cook through evenly.

What Types Of Apples Are Best For Air Fryer Apple Fries?

Granny Smith stays firm and tart, Honeycrisp is the juiciest, and Fuji gives the sweetest bite. I prefer Honeycrisp—they crisp up without drying out.

Should I Peel Apples For This Apple Fries Air Fryer Recipe?

Totally up to you! Leaving the skin on adds texture, but peeled apples give a smoother bite.

Can I Make Vegan Air Fryer Apple Fries?

Use a flax or chia egg and go with plant-based cookie crumbs. Easy!

How Do I Prevent Crispy Apple Fries From Becoming Soggy?

Pat apple fries dry before coating and don’t overcrowd the basket. Give them space to crisp.

💖 Creative Leftover Uses

Got a few extra apple fries? Don’t let them go to waste—these sweet, crispy bites are snackable gold even the next day. Here’s how to repurpose them like a pro:

  • Apple Oatmeal Topper – Chop and stir into a bowl of warm oatmeal for a sweet, crunchy finish.
  • Parfait Perfection – Layer into a yogurt parfait with granola and a drizzle of honey. Instant breakfast win.
  • Pancake Upgrade – Warm them up and pile onto pancakes with a splash of maple syrup.
  • Lunchbox Treat – Pop a few into your kid’s lunchbox with a little dip container—bonus points for yogurt or peanut butter.
  • Ice Cream Sundae Hero – Reheat and toss onto vanilla ice cream with a sprinkle of cinnamon for a dreamy dessert.

💡Hint: Store leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge and reheat in the air fryer for 2–3 minutes to bring back that crunch.

🍽 More Apple Recipes To Try

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us on our Facebook Page! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Air Fryer Apples.

Crispy Air Fryer Apples Fries

Angela Milnes
This Apple fries air fryer recipe is the perfect sweet treat—golden, crunchy, and so easy to make! Serve them warm with caramel sauce for a dessert your family will love!
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 8 minutes
Total Time 18 minutes
Course Desserts, Snack
Cuisine American
Servings 3 Servings
Calories 459 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 2 Apples
  • 2 Eggs
  • 1 Cup Graham Cookie Crumbs
  • 2 tablespoon Sugar
  • 1 Cup Flour
  • 1 tablespoon Water

Instructions
 

  • Start by thoroughly washing your apples, then slice them into even wedges, removing the core from each piece.
  • Lightly coat each apple wedge with flour, ensuring they are completely covered. This helps the subsequent layers adhere better.
  • In a small bowl, beat together eggs with a splash of water until well combined. Dip the flour-coated apple wedges into this egg wash, allowing any excess to drip off.
  • Combine cookie crumbs and sugar in a separate bowl. Roll the egg-dipped apple wedges in the crumb mixture until they are evenly coated on all sides. (Double coat for extra crunch if you prefer).
  • Arrange the coated apple wedges in a single layer in the air fryer basket, ensuring they do not touch for even cooking. Set the air fryer to 400°F and cook for 7-8 minutes or until the coating is golden and crispy.
  • Serve the crispy air fryer apple wedges warm, accompanied by a side of caramel sauce for dipping. Enjoy the sweet and crunchy treat!

Notes

Freeze Before Frying: Pop the coated apple wedges in the freezer for 10-15 minutes before air frying for an extra crispy coating.
Add Spices: Mix a pinch of cinnamon or nutmeg into the crumb mixture for a cozy flavor boost.
Spray for Crispiness: Lightly spray the apple wedges with cooking oil before air frying to get that perfect golden crunch.

Nutrition

Calories: 459kcalCarbohydrates: 78gProtein: 10gFat: 12gSaturated Fat: 4gPolyunsaturated Fat: 4gMonounsaturated Fat: 3gTrans Fat: 0.01gCholesterol: 109mgSodium: 162mgPotassium: 244mgFiber: 4gSugar: 28gVitamin A: 253IUVitamin C: 6mgCalcium: 35mgIron: 4mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Best Kale Crunch Salad Chick Fil A Recipe

by

This Kale Crunch Salad Chick Fil A copycat recipe is crunchy, zesty, and comes together in under 15 minutes! It’s got all the wholesome vibes of your favorite fast-food salad—without the drive-thru line or mystery ingredients. And yes, the dressing is that good.

Chick Fil A Kale Crunch Salad in a white bowl.

Whether you're looking for a light lunch, an easy side, or a make-ahead salad that doesn’t wilt by dinnertime, this one ticks all the boxes. It’s especially popular in fall and winter, when kale is at its peak, but thanks to simple grocery staples, you can whip up this Chik Fil A Kale Crunch Salad Recipe all year long.

This salad is as good as my Kale Butternut Squash Salad with Blueberries, and it pairs beautifully with quick proteins like my Air Fryer Thin Sliced Chicken Breast or hearty sides like Crispy Air Fryer Carrot Fries.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Faster than takeout – Ready in under 20 minutes, no cooking required.
  • Better-for-you ingredients – No preservatives, just simple whole foods.
  • That dressing tho – Tangy, sweet, and totally crave-worthy.

⭐ Star Ingredients

Ingredients to make chick fil a kale salad.
  • Kale – The hearty base that holds up well to dressing and won’t get soggy.
  • Cabbage – Adds crunch and extra fiber; I love using angel hair-style for texture.
  • Apple Cider Honey Mustard Dressing – The most important ingredient! Apple cider vinegar, Dijon mustard, honey, and olive oil make it pop.
  • Sliced Almonds – Toasted or raw, these bring the crunch to the crunch salad.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

🔀 Substitutions & Variations

  • Vegan-friendly – Swap honey for maple syrup or agave in the dressing.
  • Add protein – Top with grilled chicken, crispy tofu, or even roasted chickpeas.
  • Make it nut-free – Use sunflower seeds or pumpkin seeds instead of almonds.
  • Bump up the flavor – Add dried cranberries, a sprinkle of feta, or a dash of garlic powder.
  • Meal prep tip – Store the salad and dressing separately and toss just before serving.

Want more crunchy kale creations? Try my Kale Apple Salad with Pomegranates or Best Vegan Fall Harvest Salad.

🔪 How To Make This Kale Crunch Salad Chick Fil A Recipe

  1. Step 1: In a large mixing bowl, add chopped kale. If using whole kale leaves, remove the thick stems and tear or chop the leaves into bite-sized pieces.
  1. Step 2: Add shredded cabbage to the bowl. I like to use pre-shredded angel hair cabbage for convenience, but any finely shredded cabbage works well. Set the bowl aside while you prepare the dressing.
Mixing olive oil, lemon juice, Dijon mustard, apple cider vinegar, honey in a jar.
  1. Step 3: In a small glass mixing cup or a mason jar with a lid, combine olive oil, lemon juice, Dijon mustard, apple cider vinegar, honey, and salt.
Making salad dressing in a jar.
  1. Step 4: Whisk everything together until the ingredients are well blended and emulsified. If using a jar, secure the lid and shake vigorously for about 30 seconds.
kale and cabbage salad in a bowl.
  1. Step 5: Pour the dressing over the kale and cabbage mixture. Use clean hands or salad tongs to toss the salad well, ensuring the dressing coats all the greens evenly. The acidity in the dressing will help soften the kale. Let it sit for about 5 minutes for the flavors to meld.
Chick fil a kale crunch salad in a bowl.
  1. Step 6: Sprinkle sliced almonds over the top of the salad for a delicious crunch. Optionally, you can add dried cranberries for a touch of sweetness or shredded rotisserie chicken for extra protein. Transfer the salad to a serving dish and enjoy immediately.

💡Hint: Massage the kale with a little olive oil before adding dressing for even softer, less bitter greens.

Kale salad in a bowl with sliced almonds and dressing.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Toast the almonds – Just a few minutes in a dry skillet makes a world of difference.
  • Chill before serving – Letting it rest in the fridge for 15 minutes brings out deeper flavor.
  • Double the dressing – You’ll want to use it on everything this week!

💭 FAQs

How can I make this salad vegan?

Just replace the honey with maple syrup or agave and check that your mustard is plant-based.

Can I make the dressing ahead of time?

Absolutely! Store it in a sealed jar in the fridge for up to a week—just shake before using.

Is this chick fil a kale crunch salad recipe gluten-free?

Yes! All the base ingredients are naturally gluten-free. Just be sure any toppings you add are certified gluten-free.

Can I make kale crunch salad chick fil a ahead of time?

Yes—just keep the dressing and almonds separate until ready to serve for the best texture.

💖 Serving Suggestions

Chick Fil A Kale Salad on a plate with a plant in the background.

🍽 Try These Tasty Salad Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us on our Facebook Page! Alternatively, boo

Chick Fil A Kale Crunch Salad in a white bowl.

Kale Crunch Salad Chick Fil A Recipe

Angela Milnes
A fresh and crunchy kale salad with cabbage, almonds, and a tangy-sweet dressing that’s perfect for a light lunch or side dish.
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Course Salads
Cuisine American
Servings 3 Servings
Calories 631 kcal

Ingredients
  

For Salad

  • 4 Cups Curly Kale
  • 2 Cups Thinly Sliced Cabbage
  • ½ Cup Roasted Salted Almonds (roasted)

For Dressing

  • ½ Cup Canola Oil (or any light oil you prefer)
  • 3 teaspoon Lemon Juice
  • 2 tablespoon Dijon Mustard
  • 4 tablespoon Apple Cider Vinegar
  • 4 tablespoon Honey 
  • ¼ teaspoon Salt

Instructions
 

  • In a large mixing bowl, add chopped kale. If using whole kale leaves, remove the thick stems and tear or chop the leaves into bite-sized pieces.
  • Add shredded cabbage to the bowl. I like to use pre-shredded angel hair cabbage for convenience, but any finely shredded cabbage works well. Set the bowl aside while you prepare the dressing.
  • In a small glass mixing cup or a mason jar with a lid, combine olive oil, lemon juice, Dijon mustard, apple cider vinegar, honey, and salt.
  • Whisk everything together until the ingredients are well blended and emulsified. If using a jar, secure the lid and shake vigorously for about 30 seconds.
  • Pour the dressing over the kale and cabbage mixture. Use clean hands or salad tongs to toss the salad well, ensuring the dressing coats all the greens evenly. The acidity in the dressing will help soften the kale. Let it sit for about 5 minutes for the flavors to meld.
  • Sprinkle sliced almonds over the top of the salad for a delicious crunch. Optionally, you can add dried cranberries for a touch of sweetness or shredded rotisserie chicken for extra protein. Transfer the salad to a serving dish and enjoy immediately.

Notes

Massage the Kale: Rub the kale leaves with a bit of olive oil for 1-2 minutes to make them softer and less bitter.
Chill the Salad: Let the salad rest in the fridge for 15-20 minutes after tossing with the dressing for even better flavor.
Toast the Almonds: Toast the almonds in a dry skillet for 2-3 minutes to enhance their nuttiness and crunch.
Customize the Dressing: Add a pinch of garlic powder or a dash of maple syrup for a fun twist to the dressing.

Nutrition

Calories: 631kcalCarbohydrates: 55gProtein: 6gFat: 45gSaturated Fat: 4gPolyunsaturated Fat: 12gMonounsaturated Fat: 29gTrans Fat: 0.1gSodium: 334mgPotassium: 327mgFiber: 4gSugar: 50gVitamin A: 2852IUVitamin C: 45mgCalcium: 139mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Quick Pickled Beets Recipe (Using Canned Beets)

by

Craving something tangy, sweet, and ridiculously easy to throw together? These Pickled Beets are the punchy little sidekick your meals didn’t know they needed. No canning, no fuss—just a fridge, a jar, and a beet-y bit of magic.

pickled beets in a bowl.

Pickled veggies are trending hard right now—especially when they’re quick, fridge-friendly, and totally customizable. These pickled beets come together in under 20 minutes, making them perfect for meal prep, holiday spreads, or just jazzing up your weekday salads.

While pickled beets often make a splash on Easter or holiday tables, this easy method means you don’t have to wait for a special occasion. Using canned beets gives you a shortcut that works any time of year—no peeling or roasting required. If you're after a fuss-free recipe for pickled beets from a can, this one’s about to be your new favorite fridge staple.

Pickled beetroot pairs beautifully with cozy dishes like my Air Fryer Sliced Potatoes or vibrant sides like Beet Salad with Feta and Walnuts.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Ready in minutes – No need to boil or roast fresh beets.
  • Bold, balanced flavor – Sweet, tangy, and just the right amount of bite.
  • Super versatile – Serve them with cheese boards, salads, or sandwiches.

⭐ Star Ingredients

Ingredients to make pickled beets from canned beets.
  • Canned Beets – Total shortcut! Already peeled and cooked, so they’re perfect for a fast pickle.
  • Apple Cider Vinegar – Adds that signature tang and gut-friendly benefits.
  • Sugar – Balances the acidity and enhances the natural beet sweetness.
  • Onion – Brings crunch and a mellow sharpness that soaks up all the flavor.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

🔀 Substitutions & Variations

  • Fresh Beets – You can totally roast your own if you’re feeling fancy. Just peel, roast, and slice before pickling.
  • White Vinegar – Works in place of apple cider vinegar for a sharper flavor.
  • Low Sugar – Cut the sugar in half or use honey for a more natural twist.
  • Add Garlic or Dill – For a savory version, add fresh dill or a clove of sliced garlic.
  • Spicy Kick – Toss in red pepper flakes or a few slices of jalapeño.
  • Citrus Vibe – A splash of orange juice brings a fun fruity twist.

Love veggie-packed recipes like this? Try my Roasted Asparagus with Bacon and Goat Cheese or Crispy Smashed Potato Salad for more side dish inspiration.

🔪 How To Make Pickled Beets Using Canned Beetroot

Sliced canned beets in a bowl.
  1. Step 1: Place the canned beets and sliced onion into a mixing bowl or large jar. Give them a quick stir to combine.
Adding sugar in beet syrup in a sauce pan.
  1. Step 2: In a small saucepan, add the reserved beet juice and apple cider vinegar. Stir in the sugar and mix well.
Beets syrup in a sauce pan.
  1. Step 3: Bring the liquid to a gentle boil over medium heat, stirring occasionally until the sugar fully dissolves. Once boiling, remove from heat.
Canned beets and onion in a bowl.
  1. Step 4: Carefully pour the hot pickling liquid over the beets and onions, ensuring everything is well coated. Give the mixture another stir, then let it cool to room temperature.
Pickled beets in a jar.
  1. Step 5: Cover and refrigerate for at least 24 hours to allow the flavors to fully develop.
Serving pickled beets in a jar.
  1. Step 6: Serve your pickled beets chilled as a side dish, salad topping, or snack. Enjoy!

💡Hint: For a deeper flavor, let the pickled beets sit in the fridge for 2–3 days before diving in. They just get better with time

Pickled beets in a bowl.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Quick Chill Hack – In a rush? Place your jar in an ice bath to cool it faster.
  • Use a Glass Jar – It won’t stain like plastic and keeps flavors fresher.
  • Slice Uniformly – Even slices help all the beets absorb flavor evenly.

💭 FAQs

How long do pickled beets need to sit before eating?

Let them chill for at least 24 hours for the flavor to develop. For best taste, wait 2–3 days.

How long will these pickled beets last in the fridge?

They’ll stay fresh for up to 2 weeks in a sealed jar.

Can I reuse the pickling liquid?

It’s best to make a fresh batch each time—the flavor fades after one use.

Why did my pickled beets turn cloudy?

Cloudiness usually means contamination. Always use clean utensils and store in the fridge.

💖 Serving Suggestions

🍽 Try These Pickles And Side Dishes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us on our Facebook Page! Alternatively, bookmark it in

pickled beets in a bowl.

Quick Pickled Beets From Canned Beets

Angela Milnes
Love pickled beets but don’t want the hassle? This easy recipe uses canned beets for a simple, tangy, and slightly sweet treat—no fuss, just flavor!
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 8 minutes
Refrigerate Time 1 day
Total Time 1 day 13 minutes
Course Side Dishes
Cuisine American
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 367 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 Can Canned Beets
  • ½ Cup Juice From A Can Of Canned Beets
  • ½ Cup Apple Cider Vinegar
  • 1 Onion
  • ⅓ Cup Sugar

Instructions
 

  • Place the canned beets and sliced onion into a mixing bowl or large jar. Give them a quick stir to combine.
  • In a small saucepan, add the reserved beet juice and apple cider vinegar. Stir in the sugar and mix well.
  • Bring the liquid to a gentle boil over medium heat, stirring occasionally until the sugar fully dissolves. Once boiling, remove from heat.
  • Carefully pour the hot pickling liquid over the beets and onions, ensuring everything is well coated. Give the mixture another stir, then let it cool to room temperature.
  • Cover and refrigerate for at least 24 hours to allow the flavors to fully develop.
  • Serve your pickled beets chilled as a side dish, salad topping, or snack. Enjoy!

Notes

  • Citrus Zing: A splash of orange juice adds a hint of brightness and natural sweetness.
  • Garlic Lovers' Twist: If you love a little extra punch, toss in a sliced garlic clove for more depth.
  • Quick Chill Hack: Short on time? Speed up the cooling by placing your jar in an ice bath!

Nutrition

Calories: 367kcalCarbohydrates: 90gProtein: 1gFat: 0.2gSaturated Fat: 0.03gPolyunsaturated Fat: 0.03gMonounsaturated Fat: 0.02gSodium: 228mgPotassium: 184mgFiber: 1gSugar: 51gVitamin A: 53IUVitamin C: 4mgCalcium: 20mgIron: 1mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Roasted Asparagus With Goat Cheese

by

Want to level up your veggie side dish game in under 30 minutes? This Roasted Asparagus with Bacon and Goat Cheese is next-level delicious. Crispy bacon, creamy goat cheese, and perfectly roasted asparagus—all on one pan and ready in a flash.

Roasted asparagus with goats cheese.

Asparagus season is pure gold for simple, fresh recipes like this one. Whether it’s Easter dinner, a spring brunch, or just a Tuesday night, this dish always delivers. It was inspired by my crispy parmesan broccoli chips, and it pairs beautifully with my air fryer cod fillet or low carb broccoli salad.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Bold flavor from the bacon and creamy goat cheese.
  • Quick & easy — ready in under 30 minutes.
  • Perfect texture — tender-crisp asparagus every time.
  • Great for gatherings — simple but elegant side dish.

⭐ Star Ingredients

Ingredients to make roasted asparagus.
  • Asparagus – Go for thick stalks if you can—they hold up better in the oven and don’t wilt as fast. Snap off the woody ends where they naturally break for perfect texture every time.
  • Bacon – I like using thick-cut bacon for bigger, crispier bits that don’t get lost in the mix. Cook it until deep golden for max flavor.
  • Goat cheese – Choose a soft, creamy goat cheese that crumbles easily. It won’t melt fully, but that’s the beauty—it adds creamy bursts in every bite.
  • Salt & pepper – Don’t overdo it—bacon adds plenty of salt. I use freshly ground black pepper for a subtle bite that balances the richness.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

🔀 Substitutions & Variations

  • Vegetarian – Leave out the bacon or use a plant-based substitute.
  • Low fat – Use turkey bacon or skip it altogether.
  • Add a kick – Sprinkle with red pepper flakes or a drizzle of hot honey.
  • Deluxe version – Top with toasted pine nuts or a balsamic glaze.
  • Kid-friendly twist – Swap goat cheese for mozzarella and crumble some kettle chips on top.

Looking for mains to pair with this? Try it with my air fryer butterfly chicken with citrus, baked crispy salmon bites on rice, or this super easy thin sliced chicken breast in the air fryer. They’re all quick, flavorful, and go perfectly with this roasted asparagus dish.

🔪 How To Make Roasted Asparagus

Cooking bacon in a skillet.
  1. Step 1: Set your oven to 425°F (220°C) and line a baking sheet with parchment paper for easy cleanup. Heat a skillet over medium heat and cook the chopped bacon until it’s crispy and golden brown. Use a slotted spoon to remove the bacon and set it aside, leaving the flavorful grease in the pan.
Cooking asparagus in a skillet.
  1. Step 2: Toss the asparagus in the hot bacon grease until it's evenly coated. You don’t want to cook it—just make sure every stalk gets a good coating for extra flavor. If needed, take the pan off the heat to do this more easily.
Asparagus on a baking sheet.
  1. Step 3: Spread the asparagus out in a single layer on the prepared baking sheet. Sprinkle crumbled goat cheese evenly over the top.
Asparagus and bacon on a baking sheet.
  1. Step 4: Bake for 10-12 minutes, or until a knife slides easily through the thickest part of the stalk. Keep an eye on it—overcooked asparagus can turn chewy and stringy.
Roasted asparagus and bacon in a bowl.
  1. Step 5: Remove from the oven and season with salt and pepper. Sprinkle the crispy bacon over the top.
Asparagus and bacon with goat cheese.
  1. Step 6: Serve your roasted asparagus immediately. Enjoy!

💡Hint: Want your asparagus ultra-vibrant? Blanch briefly before roasting, then shock in ice water.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Don’t crowd the pan – Spread out the asparagus for even roasting.
  • Blanch if needed – If your stalks are thick, a quick 30-second boil helps soften them before roasting.
  • Layer flavors – A drizzle of balsamic glaze before serving adds a beautiful sweet-savory contrast.

💭 FAQ's

How do I keep roasted asparagus from getting mushy?

Don’t overcook! Roast for 10–12 minutes max and spread them out on the pan.

What’s the best way to trim asparagus?

Bend the stalk—it’ll snap naturally where the woody part ends. Or trim about an inch off the base.

How do I get goat cheese to melt more?

Crumble it on as soon as the asparagus comes out of the oven. The residual heat softens it just enough.

Can I make this roasted asparagus recipe dairy-free?

Yes! Omit the goat cheese or use a dairy-free cheese like cashew cheese.

What’s the best way to reheat roasted asparagus?

Pop it back in the oven at 350°F for 5–7 minutes. Skip the microwave—it makes it soggy.

💖 Serving Suggestions

  • This roasted asparagus with bacon and goat cheese is super versatile and fits into just about any meal plan. Here’s how to serve it up:
  • Holiday gatherings – A gorgeous side for glazed ham, roast chicken, or turkey—especially around Easter or Christmas.
  • Dinner party upgrade – Lay it out on a platter with a drizzle of balsamic glaze and a sprinkle of lemon zest for that “wow” moment.
  • Low-carb dinner – Serve it with citrusy spatchcock chicken or thinly sliced air fryer chicken breast for a light, protein-packed plate.
  • Family weeknight meal – Pair with crispy salmon bites over rice for a balanced, satisfying dinner that’s quick to prep.
  • As part of a bowl – Toss leftovers into a grain bowl with quinoa, cherry tomatoes, and a lemony dressing for lunch the next day.
  • Brunch twist – Add a poached or soft-boiled egg on top with toast on the side. It’s rich, savory, and totally brunch-worthy.

🍽 Pair With These High Protein Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us on our Facebook Page! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Roasted asparagus with goats cheese.

Roasted Asparagus With Goats Cheese

Angela Milnes
Roasted asparagus gets a flavor boost with crispy bacon and creamy goat cheese. So simple, yet so delicious! This easy side dish is perfect for busy weeknights or special dinners.
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 3 minutes
Cook Time 5 minutes
Bake Time 12 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Course Side Dishes
Cuisine American
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 88 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 Bunch Asparagus
  • 3 Strips Bacon
  • Salt (to taste)
  • Black Pepper (to taste)
  • 2 oz Goat Cheese

Instructions
 

  • Set your oven to 425°F (220°C) and line a baking sheet with parchment paper for easy cleanup. Heat a skillet over medium heat and cook the chopped bacon until it’s crispy and golden brown. Use a slotted spoon to remove the bacon and set it aside, leaving the flavorful grease in the pan.
  • Toss the asparagus in the hot bacon grease until it's evenly coated. You don’t want to cook it—just make sure every stalk gets a good coating for extra flavor. If needed, take the pan off the heat to do this more easily.
  • Spread the asparagus out in a single layer on the prepared baking sheet. Sprinkle crumbled goat cheese evenly over the top.
  • Bake for 10-12 minutes, or until a knife slides easily through the thickest part of the stalk. Keep an eye on it—overcooked asparagus can turn chewy and stringy.
  • Remove from the oven and season with salt and pepper. Sprinkle the crispy bacon over the top.
  • Serve your roasted asparagus immediately. Enjoy!

Notes

  • Blanch First: For extra vibrant and tender asparagus, blanch the stalks in boiling water for 30 seconds, then shock them in ice water before roasting.
  • Layer the Flavors: Drizzle a little balsamic glaze or honey over the top before serving for a touch of sweetness.

Nutrition

Calories: 88kcalCarbohydrates: 4gProtein: 7gFat: 5gSaturated Fat: 3gPolyunsaturated Fat: 0.5gMonounsaturated Fat: 2gTrans Fat: 0.01gCholesterol: 12mgSodium: 155mgPotassium: 261mgFiber: 2gSugar: 2gVitamin A: 999IUVitamin C: 6mgCalcium: 48mgIron: 3mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Crispy Garlic Smashed Potatoes With Parmesan

by

Garlic Smashed Potatoes are the crispy, cheesy, buttery bites you didn’t know your side dish game was missing. Crunchy edges, fluffy centers, and a punch of garlic? Yes please.

Crispy Garlic Smashed Potatoes With Parmesan.

These smashed beauties are everywhere right now—from dinner tables to TikTok scrolls. They’re like mashed potatoes’ cooler, crispier cousin. Perfect for holiday spreads, easy weeknights, or just when you need a golden, garlicky carb fix.

If you love this, try my crispy air fryer carrot fries, beet salad with feta, or air fryer parmesan asparagus.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Crispy on the outside, fluffy in the middle.
  • Big garlic-parmesan flavor with simple ingredients.
  • Customizable with your fave herbs, spices, or toppings.

⭐ Star Ingredients

Smashed Potato Salad Ingredients.
  • Baby potatoes – Red or yellow baby spuds are my go-to. They’re creamy inside, hold their shape, and crisp up like a dream when smashed.
  • Garlic powder – I love using this over fresh—it gives bold flavor without burning and mixes easily into the buttery glaze.
  • Parmesan – Freshly grated is best! It melts into crispy, salty bits that take these potatoes over the top.
  • Olive oil + butter – Olive oil gets the crunch started, then butter adds richness. This duo makes every bite golden and addictive.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

Substitutions & Variations

  • Swap butter for ghee or vegan butter.
  • Use sweet potatoes for a twist.
  • Add chili flakes or Cajun spice for heat.
  • Swap parm with pecorino or skip for dairy-free.
  • Try rosemary or thyme for earthy flavor.
  • Make it loaded: sour cream, bacon bits, green onion—go wild.

Pair with air fryer huli huli chicken, simple avocado salad, or passion fruit juice for a full meal.

🔪 How To Make Garlic Smashed Potatoes

red potatoes on a baking tray.
  1. Step 1: Preheat the oven to 425°F and brush a large baking sheet with 2 tablespoons of olive oil; set aside. Bring a large pot of water to a boil over high heat. Add 2 teaspoons salt and the potatoes. Reduce the heat to medium and simmer until the potatoes are fork-tender, about 15-20 minutes.
smashing potatoes on a tray ready to place in the oven.
  1. Step 2: Drain off the water and gently dry the potatoes with paper towels. Place the potatoes on the oiled baking sheet.
Smashed potatoes on a baking tray.
  1. Step 3: Use the bottom of a glass or measuring cup to smash down the potatoes to about ½-inch thickness.
Brushing oil over boiled potatoes.
  1. Step 4: Brush the top of the potatoes with the remaining tablespoon of olive oil.
Smashed potatoes cooked on a baking tray.
  1. Step 5: Bake the potatoes at 425°F for 15-20 minutes, or until golden brown on the bottom. Remove the baking sheet from the oven and flip each potato. In a small bowl, combine the melted butter, 1 teaspoon salt, garlic powder, and black pepper. Brush the mixture on top of each potato. Sprinkle the grated Parmesan over the potatoes.
Baked garlic potatoes on a baking tray.
  1. Step 6: Return the pan to the oven and bake for 8-10 minutes until the Parmesan is beginning to turn golden brown. Season your Garlic Smashed Potatoes to taste with more salt and pepper and garnish with fresh parsley if desired.
Crispy garlic smashed potatoes on a baking tray.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Don’t crowd the pan—air = crisp.
  • Use a flat-bottomed glass for even smashing.
  • Pre-shred your Parmesan for quicker prep.
Garlic smashed potatoes served on a tray.

💭 FAQs

What Are Smashed Potatoes?

Smashed potatoes are boiled potatoes that are gently pressed to flatten them slightly before baking. This technique creates a crispy exterior while maintaining a soft interior.

Can I Use Any Type of Potatoes for This Recipe?

While small red or yellow potatoes are ideal due to their waxy texture, you can substitute with other types like Yukon Gold or Russet potatoes. Keep in mind that different varieties may affect the final texture and flavor.

Is It Necessary to Smash the Potatoes Before Baking?

Yes, smashing the potatoes increases the surface area, allowing for a crispier texture. Use the bottom of a glass or measuring cup to gently press down on each potato until it's about ½-inch thick.

How Do I Make the Potatoes Extra Crispy?

Ensure the potatoes are well-drained and dried after boiling. Smashing them to about ½-inch thickness and brushing them with olive oil before baking also contributes to a crispier texture.

How Do I Store Leftover Smashed Potatoes?

Place any leftovers in an airtight container and refrigerate for up to 3 days. Reheat in the oven at 375°F for about 10 minutes to restore their crispiness.

Can I Freeze Smashed Potatoes?

Yes, after baking, allow the potatoes to cool completely. Place them on a baking sheet to freeze individually, then transfer to a freezer-safe bag. Reheat from frozen in the oven at 375°F for 15-20 minutes.

💖 Serving Suggestions

  • As a Side Dish: Pair them with meats like stuffed chicken breast, steak bites, or air fryer cod for a hearty meal.
  • With Dipping Sauces: Serve alongside ranch dressing, spicy ketchup, or a tangy garlic parmesan sauce for added flavor.
  • As a Snack: Enjoy them on their own with a sprinkle of sea salt and a squeeze of lemon.
  • In a Salad: Combine with mixed greens, sun dried tomatoes, and a light vinaigrette for a warm potato salad.
  • With Bacon Bits: Add crispy bacon pieces on top for a smoky, savory flavor.
  • As a Breakfast Item: Serve alongside scrambled eggs or an omelet for a hearty breakfast.

🍽 Try These Tasty Potato Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us on our Facebook Page! Alternatively, bookmark it in your

Crispy Garlic Smashed Potatoes With Parmesan.

Crispy Garlic Smashed Potatoes With Parmesan

Angela Milnes
hese crispy garlic smashed potatoes with Parmesan are the perfect combination of crispy, creamy, and full of flavor, making them ideal for any meal!
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Course Appetizer
Cuisine American
Servings 6 Servings
Calories 227 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 3 tablespoon Extra-Vrgin Olive Oil (divided)
  • 3 teaspoon Salt (divided)
  • 2 lbs Small Red Or Yellow Potatoes (washed)
  • 2 tablespoon Butter (melted)
  • 1 teaspoon Garlic Powder
  • ½ teaspoon Ground Black Pepper
  • ⅓ Cup Grated Parmesan Cheese
  • Freshly Chopped Parsley (for garnish, optional)

Instructions
 

  • Preheat the oven to 425°F and brush a large baking sheet with 2 tablespoons of olive oil; set aside. Bring a large pot of water to a boil over high heat. Add 2 teaspoons salt and the potatoes. Reduce the heat to medium and simmer until the potatoes are fork-tender, about 15-20 minutes, depending on the size of the potatoes. Drain off the water and gently dry the potatoes with paper towels.
  • Place the potatoes on the oiled baking sheet.
  • Use the bottom of a glass or measuring cup to smash down the potatoes to about ½-inch thickness.
  • Brush the top of the potatoes with the remaining tablespoon of olive oil.
  • Bake the potatoes at 425°F for 15-20 minutes, or until golden brown on the bottom. Remove the baking sheet from the oven and flip each potato. In a small bowl, combine the melted butter, 1 teaspoon salt, garlic powder, and black pepper. Brush the mixture on top of each potato. Sprinkle the grated Parmesan over the potatoes.
  • Return the pan to the oven and bake for 8-10 minutes until the Parmesan is beginning to turn golden brown. Season the potatoes to taste with more salt and pepper and garnish with fresh parsley if desired.

Notes

Use Yukon Gold Potatoes: These potatoes are perfect for smashing and give a creamy texture inside while crisping up beautifully on the outside.
Don’t Overcrowd the Baking Sheet: Make sure the potatoes have space to crisp up evenly, so don’t overcrowd the pan.
Try Bacon Crumbles: If you want to take it to the next level, sprinkle crispy bacon crumbles on top before baking the potatoes for a smoky, savory kick!

Nutrition

Calories: 227kcalCarbohydrates: 25gProtein: 5gFat: 13gSaturated Fat: 4gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 6gTrans Fat: 0.2gCholesterol: 15mgSodium: 1318mgPotassium: 708mgFiber: 3gSugar: 2gVitamin A: 176IUVitamin C: 13mgCalcium: 67mgIron: 1mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Creamy Jalapeno Coleslaw (With Lime)

by

Spice up your BBQ spread with this bold and Creamy Jalapeno Coleslaw! Crunchy cabbage, fiery jalapeños, and a tangy yogurt-lime dressing come together in a slaw that’s anything but boring.

Jalapeno Coleslaw.

This coleslaw with jalapeno peppers is quick to whip up, even better after chilling, and totally customizable. Whether you want it kid-friendly or crave a fiery kick, it’s the kind of side that disappears fast at BBQs, taco nights, or even meal-prepped lunches.

Love bold sides? You’ll also want to try my German Fried Cabbage with Bacon Bits or Vegan Baked Beans—both are next-level crowd-pleasers.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Bold and balanced: Creamy, crunchy, and just the right amount of heat.
  • 10-minute prep: Quick enough for weeknights, tasty enough for parties.
  • Easy to customize: Adjust spice, add fruit, or boost protein with extras.

⭐ Star Ingredients

  • Jalapeño peppers: The main event! I finely chop mine to get that signature heat in every bite. Remove seeds for a milder version or leave them in if you love the fire.
  • Shredded cabbage (white & purple): This combo gives the best crunch and color contrast.
  • Greek yogurt or sour cream: Keeps things creamy and tangy without mayo overload.
  • Lime juice & zest: Fresh, citrusy brightness that balances the heat perfectly.
  • Cilantro & cumin: Earthy and herby notes that take the slaw from simple to crave-worthy.

Substitutions And Variations

  • Spicy Mango Slaw: Add diced mango for a sweet and spicy combo that’s perfect for summer BBQs.
  • Creamy Avocado Coleslaw: Mash half an avocado into the dressing for a rich, creamy twist.
  • Tex-Mex Slaw: Toss in some black beans and corn for a hearty, Southwest-style slaw.
  • Pickled Jalapeño Slaw: Swap fresh jalapeños for pickled ones for a tangy twist and gentler heat—great for little taste buds!
  • Buttermilk Dressing Option: Replace Greek yogurt with buttermilk for a lighter, more pourable dressing with extra tang.
  • Sweet Pineapple Slaw: Stir in some fresh pineapple chunks for juicy sweetness that balances the heat.
  • Cotija Cheese Crumble: Sprinkle in some crumbled Cotija or feta to add a creamy, salty contrast.
  • Slaw Wraps or Tacos: Use this jalapeño slaw as a filling in wraps, burritos, or pulled pork sandwiches—it totally steals the show.

If you love bold flavors like this, try it alongside my Shrimp Cakes with Hot Sauce or stuff it into Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas.

How To Make Jalapeno Coleslaw

Shredded cabbage and carrots in a bowl.
  1. Step 1: In a large mixing bowl, combine the shredded white cabbage, purple cabbage, and carrots. This will be the crunchy base of your slaw.
coleslaw ingredients in a bowl.
  1. Step 2: Add finely chopped cilantro, red onion, and jalapeño pepper to the bowl. These will add fresh flavor and a little heat.
Shredded veggies in a bowl.
  1. Step 3: Gently stir the vegetables and herbs together until everything is evenly mixed.
making creamy dressing for coleslaw.
  1. Step 4: In a separate bowl, add the Greek yogurt or sour cream, freshly squeezed lime juice, lime zest, cumin, black pepper, and salt.
Making salad dressing in a bowl.
  1. Step 5: Whisk everything together until smooth and creamy—this is your flavorful dressing.
Dressing on top of shredded cabbage and carrots.
  1. Step 6: Pour the dressing over the slaw mixture.
jalapeno slaw in a bowl with greek yogurt and sour cream.
  1. Step 7: Toss well to coat all the vegetables evenly with the dressing.
Jalapeno coleslaw in a bowl.
  1. Step 8: Serve your jalapeno coleslaw garnished with extra jalapeño slices for a little extra kick!

💡Hint: Salt your cabbage and let it sit for 10 minutes before dressing—this keeps the slaw from getting watery.

Cabbage and Jalapeno coleslaw on a fork.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Control the heat: Remove jalapeño seeds for a milder version or toss in a pinch of cayenne for extra spice.
  • Add creaminess: Blend in a little mayo with the yogurt for a richer texture.
  • Make ahead: The flavor deepens over time, so it’s a great prep-ahead option for potlucks or parties.

FAQ's

How spicy is jalapeño coleslaw?

It depends! Remove the seeds for a gentler kick or keep them in for a bolder flavor. You can also adjust by using more or less pepper.

Is jalapeño coleslaw healthy?

Yes! It’s packed with fiber, vitamins, and fresh ingredients, especially if you use Greek yogurt instead of sour cream.

Can I make jalapeno coleslaw ahead of time?

Yes, but for the best crunch, mix the dressing in advance and toss it with the veggies right before serving.

How long does Jalepeno slaw last in the fridge?

It stays fresh for about 2 days in an airtight container. The cabbage may soften over time, but the flavors will meld nicely.

Does Jalapeño Coleslaw Get Spicier Over Time?

Yes, the longer it sits, the more the spice from the jalapeños will infuse into the dressing.

How Do I Keep The Cabbage From Getting Watery?

Sprinkle a little salt on the cabbage and let it sit for 10 minutes before mixing to draw out excess moisture.

💖 Serving Suggestions

This spicy slaw pairs beautifully with:

🍽 More BBQ Sides You'll Love

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us on our Facebook Page! Alternatively, bookmark it in your b

Jalapeno Coleslaw.

Jalapeno Coleslaw

Angela Milnes
This jalapeno coleslaw is the perfect mix of crunchy, creamy, and spicy! With a zesty lime kick and fresh cilantro, it's a must-have side dish for any meal.
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Course Salad, Side Dish
Cuisine Mexican
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 59 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 2 Cups White Cabbage (shredded)
  • 1 Cup Purple Cabbage (shredded)
  • ⅔ Cup Carrots (shredded)
  • 1 tablespoon Jalapeño Pepper (sliced)
  • 2 tablespoon Red Onion (chopped)
  • 1 teaspoon Cumin Powder
  • ⅓ teaspoon Black Pepper
  • ½ teaspoon Salt
  • 1 Lime
  • 4 tablespoon Cilantro (chopped)
  • 4 tablespoon Sour Cream

Instructions
 

  • In a large mixing bowl, combine the shredded white cabbage, purple cabbage, and carrots. This will be the crunchy base of your slaw.
  • Add finely chopped cilantro, red onion, and jalapeño pepper to the bowl. These will add fresh flavor and a little heat.
  • Gently stir the vegetables and herbs together until everything is evenly mixed.
  • In a separate bowl, add the Greek yogurt or sour cream, freshly squeezed lime juice, lime zest, cumin, black pepper, and salt.
  • Whisk everything together until smooth and creamy—this is your flavorful dressing.
  • Pour the dressing over the slaw mixture.
  • Toss well to coat all the vegetables evenly with the dressing.
  • Serve your jalapeno coleslaw garnished with extra jalapeño slices for a little extra kick!

Notes

Chill for Extra Flavor: Let the coleslaw sit in the fridge for at least 30 minutes before serving, this helps the flavors meld together beautifully.
Adjust the Heat: If you want a milder kick, remove the seeds from the jalapeño before chopping, or for extra spice, add a pinch of cayenne pepper.
Make it Creamier: For an extra rich and creamy slaw, mix in a tablespoon of mayo with the Greek yogurt or sour cream.

Nutrition

Calories: 59kcalCarbohydrates: 9gProtein: 2gFat: 3gSaturated Fat: 1gPolyunsaturated Fat: 0.2gMonounsaturated Fat: 1gCholesterol: 7mgSodium: 365mgPotassium: 242mgFiber: 3gSugar: 4gVitamin A: 4008IUVitamin C: 32mgCalcium: 57mgIron: 1mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!
Jalapeno coleslaw in a bowl.

Beet And Sweet Potato Salad With Feta

by

Meet your new salad obsession—Beet And Sweet Potato Salad is sweet, savory, and straight-up stunning. Roasted Beets and caramelized sweet potatoes are tossed with crunchy almonds, creamy feta, and my go-to Honey Mustard Dressing for a salad that’s hearty, fresh, and comes together in under 30 minutes.

beet and sweet potatoes salad with feta cheese in a bowl.

This is one of those recipes that just hits different in the fall and winter, when root veggies are in season and salads need a little more oomph. It’s perfect for Thanksgiving, holiday potlucks, or cozy weeknight dinners when you want something fresh but still filling.

This beet and sweet potato salad just hits different in fall and winter—when root veggies are at their best and salads need a little more oomph. But it’s cozy-meets-fresh enough to enjoy year-round, especially with something like my Grilled Eggplant with Lemon Dip on the side.

I first made this salad after testing my Greek Beetroot Dip for a family dinner—it quickly became a go-to anytime I had extra roasted veggies on hand. The combo of earthy beets, sweet caramelized potatoes, and tangy feta just works. Whether you serve it warm on a chilly night or cold for a sunny lunch, it’s always a crowd-pleaser.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Easy and Fast – Ready in under 30 minutes, with minimal prep and maximum flavor.
  • Sweet, salty, creamy, crunchy – It nails every texture and taste craving in one bowl.
  • Naturally gluten-free and easily made vegan with simple swaps.
  • Meal-prep friendly – Tastes just as fab cold as it does warm.

🌟 Star Ingredients

Ingredients to make beet sweet potato salad.
  • Sweet Potatoes: Roasting brings out their caramelized edges and deepens their sweetness. I cube them small so they cook fast and crisp up just right.
  • Beets: Earthy, vibrant, and full of fiber—roasting makes their flavor mellow and rich. Fresh is best, but canned works in a pinch.
  • Feta: I love the salty contrast it brings. Try marinated feta if you want to level up!
  • Almonds: Crunchy, toasty, and the secret hero here. I always toast mine for 1–2 minutes to unlock their nutty magic.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

🔀 Substitutions & Variations

  • Vegan – Swap feta for plant-based cheese and use maple syrup instead of honey in the dressing.
  • Nut-Free – Sub almonds with pumpkin or sunflower seeds for that crunch.
  • Boost the protein – Add chickpeas, quinoa, or grilled tofu for a more filling meal.
  • Spice it up – Sprinkle with chili flakes or drizzle with hot honey for a little kick.
  • Kid-Approved Crunch – Top with crushed pretzels or sweet potato chips for texture that even picky eaters love.

This salad works year-round—swap the sweet potatoes for roasted pumpkin in fall, or try golden beets and baby spinach in spring for a lighter twist.

📌 Loving the roasted vibes? Check out my Air Fryer Roasted Veggies, Honey Roasted Parsnips and Carrots or Oven Roasted Onions with Thyme for more cozy sides.

🔪 How To Make Beet And Sweet Potato Salad

Use this section for process shots, alternating between the step and image showing the step. Users don't like seeing process shots cluttering up the recipe card, so include your process shots here.

Honey, olive oil, and mustard in a bowl.
  1. Step 1: In a small bowl, whisk together honey, olive oil, mustard, and a pinch of salt until smooth.
Mustard and honey dressing for salad.
  1. Step 2: Set aside while you prep the veggies.
Cubes of sweet potatoes and whole beet wrapped.
  1. Step 3: Peel and cut the sweet potato into bite-sized cubes, then spread them out on a baking sheet. Wrap the whole beets in foil and place them next to the sweet potatoes.
Baked sweet potatoes on a baking tray.
  1. Step 4: Bake at 350°F (175°C) for 15 minutes, then remove the sweet potatoes (they should be fork-tender). Leave the beets in the oven for another 25 minutes until they’re soft.
Wrapped beetroot cooked.
  1. Step 5: Once the beets are cool enough to handle, peel off the skin (it should slide right off!) and cut them into cubes.
Lettuce leaves and veggies in a bowl.
  1. Step 6: Arrange fresh lettuce leaves in a large bowl or serving platter.
Chopped cooked veggies in a bowl.
  1. Step 7: Top with the roasted sweet potatoes and beets. Sprinkle crumbled feta and sliced almonds over the top for a delicious contrast of flavors and textures.
beet and sweet potatoes salad with feta cheese in a bowl.
  1. Step 8: Drizzle the honey-mustard dressing over the salad just before serving. Serve immediately as a side dish or a light, wholesome meal.

💡Hint: Prefer a different flavor? Swap in balsamic vinaigrette, tahini-lemon dressing, or a garlicky herb yogurt drizzle.

Pouring salad dressing over chopped cooked beet and sweet potatoes salad with feta cheese in a bowl.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Mushy potatoes? Roast at 400°F and spread them out—no crowding!
  • Beet peeling hack: Rub skins off with a paper towel while still warm.
  • Feta finesse: Crumble feta while veggies are warm so it gets melty.
  • Crunch tip: Toast almonds in a dry skillet for 1–2 minutes to boost flavor.

💭 FAQs

Is beet and sweet potato salad healthy?

This beet and sweet potato salad is fiber-rich, veggie-packed, and made with whole foods and healthy fats. At under 300 calories per serving, it’s a feel-good side or light main that still feels totally indulgent.

Can I use canned beets for beet and sweet potato salad?

Yes! They’re a great shortcut. Just pat them dry and cube before tossing in.

Can I serve beet sweet potato salad cold?

Totally. This roasted beet salad is delicious warm, room temp, or straight from the fridge.

Can I make beet and sweet potato salad ahead of time?

Yes, roast the veggies and store them separately. Assemble with dressing just before serving to keep it fresh.

💖 Serving Suggestions

This Beet And Sweet Potato Salad makes the perfect partner to all kinds of mains. Here are some tasty combos to round out your meal:

Sweet potato and beetroot salad in a bowl.

🍽 More Easy Beetroot Recipes To Enjoy

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us on our Facebook Page! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

beet sweet potato salad in a bowl.

Beet And Sweet Potato Salad

Angela Milnes
This roasted beet and sweet potato salad is a colorful, wholesome dish with a sweet and tangy honey-mustard dressing—perfect as a light meal or side! The creamy feta and crunchy almonds take it to the next level!
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Bake Time 40 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Course Salads
Cuisine American, Mediterranean
Servings 3 Servings
Calories 630 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 Cup Salad Mix
  • ¼ Cup Olive Oil
  • 2 Sweet Potatoes
  • 1 Beetroot
  • ⅓ Cup Feta Cheese
  • 1 tablespoon Mustard
  • 1 tbsp Honey
  • 2 tablespoon Almonds
  • 1 Pinch Salt
  • 1 tablespoon Soy Sauce

Instructions
 

  • In a small bowl, whisk together honey, olive oil, mustard, and a pinch of salt until smooth.
  • Set aside while you prep the veggies.
  • Peel and cut the sweet potato into bite-sized cubes, then spread them out on a baking sheet. Wrap the whole beets in foil and place them next to the sweet potatoes.
  • Bake at 350°F (175°C) for 15 minutes, then remove the sweet potatoes (they should be fork-tender). Leave the beets in the oven for another 25 minutes until they’re soft.
  • Once the beets are cool enough to handle, peel off the skin (it should slide right off!) and cut them into cubes.
  • Arrange fresh lettuce leaves in a large bowl or serving platter. Top with the roasted sweet potatoes and beets.
  • Top with the roasted sweet potatoes and beets.
  • Sprinkle crumbled feta and sliced almonds over the top for a delicious contrast of flavors and textures. Drizzle the honey-mustard dressing over the salad just before serving. Serve immediately as a side dish or a light, wholesome meal.

Notes

  • Mushy potatoes? Roast at 400°F and spread them out—no crowding!
  • Beet peeling hack: Rub skins off with a paper towel while still warm.
  • Feta finesse: Crumble feta while veggies are warm so it gets melty.
  • Crunch tip: Toast almonds in a dry skillet for 1–2 minutes to boost flavor.

Nutrition

Calories: 630kcalCarbohydrates: 85gProtein: 7gFat: 25gSaturated Fat: 5gPolyunsaturated Fat: 3gMonounsaturated Fat: 16gCholesterol: 15mgSodium: 6613mgPotassium: 680mgFiber: 6gSugar: 14gVitamin A: 21458IUVitamin C: 5mgCalcium: 155mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Best Almond Milk Mashed Potatoes (Dairy Free)

by

Whip up the creamiest side ever with these Almond Milk Mashed Potatoes—a dairy-free twist on the classic that’s smooth, fluffy, and full of cozy flavor.

Almond Milk Mashed Potatoes.

Almond milk mashed potatoes are gaining popularity as a delicious dairy-free alternative to traditional mashed potatoes. They're perfect for those following vegan or lactose-free diets, and they offer a unique, subtly nutty flavor that complements the creamy texture of the potatoes.

Perfect for family dinners—this almond milk mash is kid-approved and allergy-friendly!

For more dairy-free side dishes, check out our Crispy Cauliflower Bites, Honey Roasted Parsnips and Carrots, and Vegan Baked Beans Recipe.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Creamy Texture Without Dairy: Almond milk provides a smooth, rich consistency that's comparable to traditional mashed potatoes.
  • Health-Conscious Choice: Lower in calories and fat, making it a guilt-free comfort food.
  • Versatile Flavor: The subtle nuttiness of almond milk pairs well with various herbs and spices.

⭐ Star Ingredients

  • Potatoes: I’ve tested this with both Yukon Golds and Russets, and honestly? You can’t go wrong. Yukon Golds give you that naturally buttery, dense mash, while Russets fluff up like a dream. I often mix the two for the ultimate creamy-meets-fluffy texture. Choose what suits your style!
  • Unsweetened Almond Milk: Go for the unsweetened kind to avoid any weird sweetness surprises. I like using a barista-style almond milk—it’s a little thicker and adds that silky finish you’d usually get from cream. It blends in beautifully without stealing the potato spotlight.
  • Vegan Butter (or other fats): Vegan butter gives you that classic richness, but don’t stop there—olive oil adds a peppery depth, coconut oil brings a hint of sweetness, and avocado oil makes it extra smooth and luxe. I switch it up depending on the meal I’m pairing with. Fat is flavor, and you’ve got options!
  • Garlic: Raw, roasted, or sautéed—garlic is my go-to for layering flavor. I love roasting a few cloves in the oven while the potatoes boil, then mashing them right in. It gives the mash that mellow, sweet-savory lift that makes people go “ooooh.”

💡Pro tip: Mix Yukon Gold and Russets for the best of both worlds—flavor and fluff.

Substitutions & Variations

  • Milk Alternatives: Swap almond milk with oat, soy, or cashew milk for different flavor profiles.
  • Butter Alternatives: Use olive oil or coconut oil instead of vegan butter for a different richness.
  • Herb Infusions: Incorporate rosemary, thyme, or chives for added aroma and taste.
  • Spicy Kick: Add a pinch of cayenne pepper or smoked paprika for heat.
  • Cheesy Flavor: Mix in nutritional yeast for a vegan cheesy twist.
  • Texture Variation: Leave some potato chunks for a rustic feel.
  • Roasted Garlic & Caramelized Onion Boost: Stir in roasted garlic cloves or caramelized onions for a savory depth that balances the subtle sweetness of the almond milk—total flavor glow-up!

Pair these mashed potatoes with our German Fried Cabbage With Bacon Bits or Zucchini Lasagna Rolls With Eggplant for a hearty meal.

🔪 How To Make Almond Milk Mashed Potatoes

  1. Step 1: Start by cutting the potatoes into small, even pieces. Place the cut potatoes in a large pot.
  1. Step 2: Cover the potatoes with water. Add a pinch of salt to the water to season the potatoes as they cook. Bring the water to a boil over high heat. Let the potatoes boil for about 25 minutes. They should be tender enough to pierce easily with a fork.
  1. Step 3: Once the potatoes are cooked, drain the water using a colander. Return the drained potatoes to the pot. Using a hand mixer or a potato masher, whip the potatoes.
adding vegan butter to almond milk potatoes.
  1. Step 4: Pour in warm almond milk and add the vegan butter. Season the mixture with salt and freshly ground black pepper to taste.
  1. Step 5: Continue mashing the potatoes again. If you prefer a smoother texture, use the mixer at a medium speed.
  1. Step 6: When ready to serve, transfer the mashed potatoes to a serving dish. Garnish with freshly chopped herbs like parsley or chives for a burst of color and freshness.

💡Hint: For extra creaminess, warm the almond milk before adding it to the potatoes.

  • For chunkier mash, use a hand masher and leave the skins on.
  • For smooth mash, use a ricer or mixer and peel the potatoes fully.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips And Troubleshooting

  • Too runny? Simmer it gently to reduce moisture or stir in instant potato flakes or mashed cauliflower to thicken things up.
  • Lumpy texture? Usually a sign your potatoes weren’t hot or soft enough. Make sure they’re fork-tender and warm before mashing.
  • Extra creamy goal? Swap the masher for a potato ricer or use a hand mixer on low for that whipped, restaurant-style feel.
  • Cheeky bonus tip: Want garlic flavor without the fuss? Use a garlic press right into the mash—no pre-chopping needed.

💭 FAQs

What Are The Best Potatoes for Almond Milk Mash?


Not all potatoes mash the same—and trust me, it matters! Here’s a quick guide to help you choose the right type depending on the texture you’re after:

Yukon Gold: Buttery, creamy, and naturally rich—these are my go-to for a dense, velvety mash. They also hold their shape well, so great if you like a bit of texture.

Russet (a.k.a. Idaho potatoes): Super starchy and fluffy, these whip up into the classic cloud-like mashed potatoes we all know and love.

Red potatoes: Less starchy and more waxy, they’ll give you a chunkier, rustic mash—delish if you’re into skins-on and hearty textures.

Are Almond Milk Mashed Potatoes Healthy?

Yes! These almond milk mashed potatoes are a lighter, dairy-free alternative to traditional mashed potatoes. Using unsweetened almond milk and vegan butter (or heart-healthy fats like olive oil) cuts down on saturated fat and calories. They’re perfect if you’re looking for healthy mashed potatoes that still taste rich and comforting.

Best Way to Store Almond Milk Mashed Potatoes

Store in an airtight container in the fridge for 3–4 days.
This mash freezes well in a zip-top bag—just thaw overnight before reheating.

Can I Prepare These Mashed Potatoes Ahead Of Time?

Yes, you can make them in advance; reheat gently on the stovetop or microwave, adding a splash of almond milk if needed to restore moisture.

🍽 More Tasty Veggie Sides

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us on our Facebook Page! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

💖 Serving Suggestions

Here are some great dishes to serbe with Almond milk mashed potatoes:

Almond milk pairs beautifully with earthy herbs (like thyme), roasted garlic, and even a hint of nutmeg if you’re feeling bold!

Almond Milk Mashed Potatoes.

Almond Milk Mashed Potatoes

Angela Milnes
These creamy Almond Milk Mashed Potatoes are the perfect dairy-free side dish. With just a few simple ingredients, they’re soft, buttery, and totally delicious, your family will love them!
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 35 minutes
Course Side Dish
Cuisine American
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 227 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 4 Potatoes
  • ¼ Cup Almond Milk
  • 3 tablespoon Vegan Butter
  • Salt (to taste)
  • Black Pepepr (to taste)

Instructions
 

  • Start by cutting the potatoes into small, even pieces. Place the cut potatoes in a large pot.
  • Cover the potatoes with water. Add a pinch of salt to the water to season the potatoes as they cook. Bring the water to a boil over high heat. Let the potatoes boil for about 25 minutes. They should be tender enough to pierce easily with a fork.
  • Once the potatoes are cooked, drain the water using a colander. Return the drained potatoes to the pot. Using a hand mixer or a potato masher, whip the potatoes.
  • Pour in warm almond milk and add the vegan butter. Season the mixture with salt and freshly ground black pepper to taste.
  • Continue mashing the potatoes again. If you prefer a smoother texture, use the mixer at a medium speed.
  • When ready to serve, transfer the mashed potatoes to a serving dish. Garnish with freshly chopped herbs like parsley or chives for a burst of color and freshness.

Notes

  • Keep the Potatoes Hot: For creamier mashed potatoes, keep them warm by covering the pot with a lid while you prepare the other ingredients.
  • Add Roasted Garlic: Roast a few garlic cloves and mash them into the potatoes for a rich, savory flavor that’ll take your dish to the next level.
  • Use a Potato Ricer: If you want ultra-smooth mashed potatoes, use a potato ricer instead of a masher or mixer.

Nutrition

Calories: 227kcalCarbohydrates: 37gProtein: 4gFat: 7gSaturated Fat: 2gPolyunsaturated Fat: 2gMonounsaturated Fat: 3gTrans Fat: 0.04gSodium: 101mgPotassium: 900mgFiber: 5gSugar: 2gVitamin A: 405IUVitamin C: 42mgCalcium: 44mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Air Fryer Bok Choy

by

Ready in under 10 minutes (yes, TEN!), this crispy, garlicky, slightly smoky Air Fryer Bok Choy is basically a veggie glow-up. It’s the kind of side that makes your main dish go, “Wait… am I even the star here?” Perfect for busy weeknights, lazy weekends, or when your fridge is giving you "you need to eat something green" vibes.

Air Fryer Bok Choy on a white plate covered in paprika.

This recipe was inspired by my Air Fryer Sesame Green Beans (because crispy greens are my love language) and it pairs so well with my Tofu Stir Fry Noodles for a full-on flavor party.

Whether you're meal-prepping like a boss or just want a quick veg that isn’t boring ol’ steamed broccoli, this one's gonna be your go-to. Crunchy tips, tender stems, umami magic—let’s gooo.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

🌟 Why This Recipe Works

  • Super speedy: We're talking 10 minutes from fridge to fork.
  • Crispy AND tender: That air fryer magic gets the leafy bits all crackly, while the stems stay juicy.
  • Minimal ingredients, max flavor: A few pantry staples = flavor bomb status.
  • Customizable: Go spicy, sweet, or soy-glazed. Your taste buds, your rules.

🛒 Ingredients

Ingredients to make Bok choy.
  • Bok Choy – The star of the show. Mild, juicy, and made to crisp up like a champ in the air fryer.
  • Garlic Powder – Adds instant savory depth without the fuss of mincing. A pantry MVP.
  • Paprika – Just a pinch adds warmth and that hint of smoky color. Not spicy—just vibey.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

🔀 Substitutions & Variations

This dish is naturally gluten free—just check your seasoning blends and toppings! More options include:

  • Oil-Free Option: Yep, you can skip the oil! Just know your bok choy won’t be as crispy. Still tasty, though.
  • Spicy Vibes: Add chili flakes or a dash of gochujang pre-air fry. Or serve with sriracha for a fiery dip.
  • Sweet + Savory: Drizzle with a little maple syrup or honey after air frying for a sweet-salty twist.
  • Mix It Up: Throw in mushrooms or sliced bell peppers (just watch your air fryer space!). Tofu cubes are also a total win.
  • Kid-Friendly: Sprinkle some crushed kettle chips or a light dusting of nutritional yeast. It’s like veggie chips, but better.

🔪 How To Make Air Fryer Bok Choy

Use this section for process shots, alternating between the step and image showing the step. Users don't like seeing process shots cluttering up the recipe card, so include your process shots here.

Bok choy sliced in one lengthwise.
  1. Step 1: Give your bok choy a good rinse under cold water—those little leaves love to hold onto dirt! Pat them dry with a towel, then slice each one lengthwise into 3 or 4 pieces.
Bok choy slices seasoned with spices.
  1. Step 2: In a small bowl, mix together some garlic powder, onion powder, and paprika. Lay the bok choy out on a plate or tray, then sprinkle the seasoning evenly over each piece. No need to measure perfectly—just make sure every bite gets some flavor!
Sesame seeds sprinkled on Bok choy slices.
  1. Step 3: Grab a brush (or use your hands if that’s your style!) and lightly coat the bok choy with vegetable oil. This helps it crisp up beautifully. Then, sprinkle on some sesame seeds for a little crunch and nutty goodness.
Seasoned Bok choy slices in air fryer basket.
  1. Step 4: Preheat your air fryer to 400°F (because crispy veggies are life). Arrange the bok choy in a single layer in the basket—no crowding!
Air fried Bok choy slices.
  1. Step 5: Air fry for 7-8 minutes, giving the basket a shake halfway through. The leaves should get a little crispy, while the stems turn perfectly tender.
Roasted Bok choy on a plate.
  1. Step 6: Pop that gorgeous bok choy onto a serving plate, and if you’re feeling fancy, drizzle with a little soy sauce or a squeeze of lemon juice. Serve it up as a quick side, or eat it straight from the plate. Enjoy!

💡Hint: If you're adding other veggies or tofu, stagger the cooking. Start the slower ones first, then toss in bok choy for the last 7 minutes to keep things crisp and not soggy.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Marinate for More Flavor: Toss bok choy in soy sauce + sesame oil for 10 mins before air frying. Hello umami.
  • Choose the Right Oil: Avocado or grapeseed oil = higher smoke point and crispier finish.
  • Balance the Bitter: A teeny pinch of brown sugar pre-air fry or drizzle of honey after helps mellow out bitterness.
  • Dry Bok Choy = Crispy Bok Choy: Extra water = soggy sadness. Pat it dry like you mean it.

💭 FAQs

Can I Use Baby Bok Choy Instead Of Regular Bok Choy In The Air Fryer?

Yes, baby bok choy works well in the air fryer. Due to its smaller size, it may cook faster, so check for doneness a minute or two earlier than with regular bok choy.

Do I Need To Preheat My Air Fryer Before Cooking Bok Choy?

Preheating isn't necessary for bok choy. You can place it directly into the air fryer and start cooking.

Can I Add Other Ingredients Like Vegetables Or Protein To The Air Fryer With Bok Choy?

Yes, you can add vegetables like carrots or bell peppers, as well as proteins like tofu, chicken, or shrimp to make it a more balanced meal. Just be sure not to overcrowd the basket—cook in batches if needed for even cooking.

Is It Necessary To Shake The Air Fryer Basket During Cooking?

Shaking the basket halfway through cooking ensures even crisping and prevents sticking.

How Do I Prevent Bok Choy From Becoming Too Dry In The Air Fryer?

Lightly coating the bok choy with oil and avoiding overcooking helps maintain its moisture.

Is Air-Fried Bok Choy Healthy?

Yes, air-fried bok choy retains its nutrients and uses less oil than traditional frying methods, making it a healthy side dish.

What Should I Do If My Air-Fried Bok Choy Turns Out Too Bitter?

Overcooking can cause bitterness. Reduce cooking time slightly and consider adding a sweet element like a honey drizzle to balance the flavors.

💖 Serving Suggestions

  • This crispy bok choy isn’t just a pretty side dish—it’s a total mealtime chameleon. Here’s how to level it up:
  • Bowl it up: Serve over rice or noodles with tofu or tempeh and a drizzle of soy sauce or sesame dressing.
  • Takeout vibes: Pair with dumplings, sticky rice, or miso soup for an easy dinner win.
  • Taco twist: Chop it up and toss into tilapia fish tacos for crunch.
  • Brunch boost: Add to a tofu scramble or avo toast for extra greens.
  • Leftover love: Toss cold into green salads or a quinoa salad—no need to reheat.
Air Fryer Bok Choy.

🍽 Try These Air Fryer Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it

Air Fryer Bok Choy on a white plate covered in paprika.

Air Fryer Bok Choy

Angela Milnes
This air fryer bok choy is crispy, flavorful, and ready in minutes! A simple, tasty side dish with a delicious crunch and a hint of spice.
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 8 minutes
Total Time 13 minutes
Course Side Dishes
Cuisine Asian
Servings 2 Servings
Calories 146 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 2 Bok Choy
  • ½ teaspoon Garlic Powder
  • ½ teaspoon Onion Powder
  • ½ teaspoon Paprika
  • 2 teaspoon Sesame Seeds
  • 1 teaspoon Vegetable Oil

Instructions
 

  • Give your bok choy a good rinse under cold water—those little leaves love to hold onto dirt! Pat them dry with a towel, then slice each one lengthwise into 3 or 4 pieces.
  • In a small bowl, mix together some garlic powder, onion powder, and paprika. Lay the bok choy out on a plate or tray, then sprinkle the seasoning evenly over each piece. No need to measure perfectly—just make sure every bite gets some flavor!
  • Grab a brush (or use your hands if that’s your style!) and lightly coat the bok choy with vegetable oil. This helps it crisp up beautifully. Then, sprinkle on some sesame seeds for a little crunch and nutty goodness.
  • Preheat your air fryer to 400°F (because crispy veggies are life). Arrange the bok choy in a single layer in the basket—no crowding!
  • Air fry for 7-8 minutes, giving the basket a shake halfway through. The leaves should get a little crispy, while the stems turn perfectly tender.
  • Pop that gorgeous bok choy onto a serving plate, and if you’re feeling fancy, drizzle with a little soy sauce or a squeeze of lemon juice. Serve it up as a quick side, or eat it straight from the plate. Enjoy!

Notes

  • Marinate for More Flavor: Toss the bok choy in a little soy sauce and sesame oil for 10 minutes before air frying to boost the umami taste.
  • Use High Smoke Point Oil: Swap vegetable oil with avocado or grapeseed oil for extra crispiness without burning.
  • Add a Touch of Sweetness: A sprinkle of brown sugar or honey balances the flavors and gives a beautiful caramelized finish.

Nutrition

Calories: 146kcalCarbohydrates: 20gProtein: 13gFat: 5gSaturated Fat: 1gPolyunsaturated Fat: 3gMonounsaturated Fat: 1gTrans Fat: 0.01gSodium: 547mgPotassium: 2151mgFiber: 9gSugar: 10gVitamin A: 37778IUVitamin C: 378mgCalcium: 905mgIron: 7mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Best Spinach And Ricotta Bake Recipe

by

Enjoy a guilt-free treat with our Bariatric Friendly Spinach And Ricotta Bake! Packed with fresh spinach and creamy ricotta, this light yet flavorful dish is perfect for a nutritious meal.

bite of spinach ricotta egg bake on spoon over a ramekin of egg bake.

When my Marinara Ricotta Bake was a huge hit, I was inspired to experiment with another version, leading to the creation of this Ricotta Spinach Bake. This new recipe blends the comfort of creamy ricotta with the fresh, nutritious twist of spinach. It’s a nutrient-packed dish that combines protein-rich ricotta and vitamin-loaded spinach for a healthy boost.

Flexible and easy to adapt, this recipe serves well as either a main or a side. It can go well with stuffed chicken with spinach and dates or pairs perfectly with creamy tuscan salmon with sundried tomatoes.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Packed with Nutrients – Protein-rich ricotta + vitamin-loaded spinach = a perfect combo.
  • Easy & Versatile – Serve it as a side or main course, anytime.
  • Minimal Ingredients – Uses simple, wholesome staples.
  • Great Texture – Light, creamy, and fluffy with a golden, cheesy top!

⭐ Star Ingredients

Ingredients to make ricotta spinach bake.
  • Small Onion – Minced finely to infuse a subtle sweetness throughout the dish.
  • Baby Spinach Leaves – Chosen for their tender texture and mild flavor, they enhance the dish's overall texture.
  • Eggs – Bind the ingredients, adding structure and richness.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

🔀 Substitutions & Variations

  • Want a richer flavor? Swap spinach for sautéed mushrooms for a more earthy taste.
  • For a cheesy twist? Use a mix of ricotta and feta for extra tang.
  • Kid-Friendly? Try a Broccoli & Cheddar version!
  • Summer Fresh? Add cherry tomatoes and basil for a bright, vibrant bake.

💡 Love this recipe? Check out my cheesy mashed cauliflower for another creamy, satisfying dish!

🔪 How To Make Spinach And Ricotta Bake

cooking onion in a skillet.
  1. Step 1: Preheat your oven to 350°F. Lightly grease your ramekins with oil or butter. In a large skillet, heat olive oil over medium heat. Add the chopped onions and sauté for about 3 minutes until soft and fragrant.
cooking spinach and onion in a skillet.
  1. Step 2: Add the fresh spinach to the skillet. Stir and cook for another 3 minutes until it wilts. Remove from heat and let it cool slightly.
egg mixture for ricotta bake.
  1. Step 3: In a mixing bowl, whisk together the eggs, ricotta cheese, milk, salt, and a dash of pepper until smooth and well combined.
mixing spinach and egg mixture in a bowl.
  1. Step 4: Add the cooled spinach and onion mixture to the egg mixture. Stir everything together until evenly mixed.
ramekins with bariatric friendly spinach and ricotta bake.
  1. Step 5: Pour the mixture into the greased ramekins, filling each about three-quarters full to allow for a little rise. Sprinkle the tops with Parmesan or cheddar cheese for extra flavor.
Baked ricotta and spinach in ramekins.
  1. Step 6: Place the filled ramekins on a baking tray and bake in the preheated oven for 20-25 minutes, or until the eggs are set and the tops turn golden brown.
Baked ricotta and spinach.
  1. Step 7: Let the ramekins cool for a couple of minutes before handling them.
spinach ricotta egg bake.
  1. Step 8: Serve warm, straight from the ramekins. Enjoy!

💡 Hint: Press out excess water from the spinach after wilting to prevent a watery bake!

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Extra Flavor: Let onions caramelize for a richer taste.
  • Fluffier Bake: Whisk eggs well to incorporate air.
  • Perfect Texture: Drain spinach well to avoid excess moisture.

💭 FAQs

Can I Make Spinach And Ricotta Bake Ahead Of Time?


Yes! Store in the fridge and reheat before serving. Leftovers can last in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to three days.

How Do I Know When The Spinach And Ricotta Bake Is Fully Cooked?

The ricotta bake is ready when the top is golden brown and a knife inserted into the center comes out clean.

Can I Use Frozen Spinach Instead Of Fresh?

Yes, you can substitute frozen spinach for fresh. Ensure it's fully thawed and excess moisture is squeezed out before adding it to the mixture.

Can I Freeze Leftover Egg Bake?

It's best enjoyed fresh, but you can freeze and reheat later. To freeze, allow the bake to cool completely, then wrap it securely and freeze for up to two months.

Can I Swap Ricotta For Another Cheese?


Try cottage cheese for a similar texture with more protein.

💖 Serving Suggestions

Serving ricotta spinach with a spoon.

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Best Spinach And Ricotta Bake Recipe.

Spinach And Ricotta Bake

Angela Milnes
This Spinach and Ricotta Bake is light, fluffy, and packed with cheesy goodness—perfect for a cozy breakfast or brunch! Super easy to make in individual ramekins, it’s a no-fuss, delicious way to start your day!
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 23 minutes
Course Breakfast, Brunch
Cuisine Italian
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 282 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1½ tablespoon Olive Oil
  • 1 Small Onion (minced)
  • 2¼ Cups Baby Spinach Leaves (give them a rough chop)
  • 6 Eggs
  • ¾ Cup Ricotta Cheese
  • 6 tablespoon Milk
  • ¾ teaspoon Salt
  • Ground Black Pepper (a dash)
  • 6 tablespoon Grated Parmesan

Instructions
 

  • Preheat your oven to 350°F. Lightly grease your ramekins with oil or butter. In a large skillet, heat olive oil over medium heat. Add the chopped onions and sauté for about 3 minutes until soft and fragrant.
  • Add the fresh spinach to the skillet. Stir and cook for another 3 minutes until it wilts. Remove from heat and let it cool slightly.
  • In a mixing bowl, whisk together the eggs, ricotta cheese, milk, salt, and a dash of pepper until smooth and well combined.
  • Add the cooled spinach and onion mixture to the egg mixture. Stir everything together until evenly mixed.
  • Pour the mixture into the greased ramekins, filling each about three-quarters full to allow for a little rise. Sprinkle the tops with parmesan or cheddar cheese for extra flavor.
  • Place the filled ramekins on a baking tray and bake in the preheated oven for 20-25 minutes, or until the eggs are set and the tops turn golden brown.
  • Let the ramekins cool for a couple of minutes before handling them.
  • Serve warm, straight from the ramekins. Enjoy your delicious Spinach and Ricotta Bake!

Notes

Hint: Press out excess water from the spinach after wilting to prevent a watery bake!
Extra Flavor: Let onions caramelize for a richer taste.
Fluffier Bake: Whisk eggs well to incorporate air.
Perfect Texture: Drain spinach well to avoid excess moisture. 

Nutrition

Calories: 282kcalCarbohydrates: 7gProtein: 17gFat: 20gSaturated Fat: 8gPolyunsaturated Fat: 2gMonounsaturated Fat: 9gTrans Fat: 0.03gCholesterol: 278mgSodium: 723mgPotassium: 322mgFiber: 1gSugar: 3gVitamin A: 2248IUVitamin C: 7mgCalcium: 251mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Best Vegan Baked Beans Recipe

by

Craving something cozy, smoky, and totally plant-based? This Vegan BBQ Baked Beans recipe is rich, flavorful, and the perfect sidekick to your next cookout or cozy dinner night.

There’s just something about a bubbling dish of homemade baked beans that screams comfort food—but these aren’t your average canned beans. This vegan version is loaded with hearty kidney beans, sweet peppers, and smoky BBQ sauce, making it a feel-good dish everyone at the table can enjoy.

If you love these, be sure to try my Whole Wheat Irish Soda Bread, Balsamic Grilled Vegetables, or Jalapeño Coleslaw—they’re made to mingle with beans!

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Flavor bomb: Cumin, smoked paprika, chili flakes, and BBQ sauce pack every bite with smoky depth.
  • No meat, no problem: You won’t miss the bacon thanks to bold, earthy flavors and slow-baked goodness.
  • Meal-prep win: Tastes even better the next day and freezes beautifully for quick vegan comfort food anytime.

⭐ Star Ingredients

Vegan Baked Beans Ingredients.
  • Kidney Beans: My fave for baked beans—hearty, protein-packed, and perfect for soaking up bold BBQ flavor.
  • Smoked Paprika: Adds that cozy, smoky vibe like they’ve been slow-cooked over a campfire.
  • BBQ Sauce: Sweet, tangy, and totally essential—it ties all the flavors together.
  • Crushed Garlic & Red Onion: The flavor duo that makes your kitchen smell amazing and your beans taste even better.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Maple-style beans: Stir in 2 tablespoons of maple syrup for a sweet twist.
  • Spicy beans: Up the red chili flakes or add a splash of hot sauce for heat lovers.
  • Veggie boost: Mix in carrots, celery, or zucchini for added bulk and nutrients.
  • Chipotle version: Sub smoked paprika with chipotle powder for a bolder smoky kick.
  • Bean blend: Swap kidney beans with black beans, navy beans, or chickpeas—or mix 'em all!
  • Fresh herb flair: Stir in thyme, rosemary, or oregano to elevate the flavor even more.

These easy vegan baked beans also pair beautifully with Roasted Potatoes or my Charred Corn Salad with Tomatoes—you can’t go wrong!

🔪 How To Make Vegan Baked Beans

Use this section for process shots, alternating between the step and image showing the step. Users don't like seeing process shots cluttering up the recipe card, so include your process shots here.

sauted onions in a skillet.
  1. Step 1: Preheat oven to 375°F (190°C). In a large skillet, heat olive oil over medium heat. Add diced red onion and bell pepper, sauté for 5 minutes until softened. Add crushed garlic, ground cumin, smoked paprika, and red chili flakes, stir and cook for 2 minutes until fragrant. Add chopped tomatoes, cook for 5-7 minutes until they break down into a sauce. Stir in kidney beans and BBQ sauce, mixing until beans are well coated.
vegan baked beans in a baking dish.
  1. Step 2: Pour the mixture into a baking tray, spreading it out evenly. Place the tray in the preheated oven and bake for 30-35 minutes, until the top is slightly caramelized and the sauce is bubbling. Remove from the oven and let it cool slightly before serving. Enjoy your delicious and hearty vegan baked beans!

💡Hint: Want a thicker sauce? Add 1–2 tablespoons of tomato paste with the tomatoes to deepen the flavor and consistency.

Vegan Baked Beans in a bowl topped with dill.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

Be sure to read my tips for making perfect vegan bakes beans:

  • Use quality beans: Canned beans work great, but if you’ve got time, cooked-from-scratch beans have unbeatable texture.
  • Spices matter: Check your spice dates! Fresh cumin and paprika make a big flavor difference.
  • Don’t rush the sauté: Slowly cooked onions and peppers develop that rich, caramelized base you’re after in great smoky vegan beans.

💭 FAQs

Can I freeze vegan baked beans?

Yes! These homemade baked beans freeze really well. Just cool completely, portion into containers, and freeze for up to 3 months.

Are These Vegan Baked Beans Gluten Free?

They can be! Just check your BBQ sauce for hidden gluten, or use a certified gluten-free brand.

How long do they last in the fridge?

Store them in an airtight container for up to 5 days. The flavors deepen over time—yay leftovers!

Best Way To Reheat Baked Beans

Reheat on the stove over medium-low heat with a splash of water or in the microwave, covered, until warmed through

💖 Serving Suggestions

Wondering what to serve with baked beans? Here are some tasty side dishes.

vegan baked beans in a bowl next to a fork.

🍽 More Fantastic Vegan Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Vegan Baked Beans

Angela Milnes
Satisfy your comfort food cravings with these Baked Beans! Slow-cooked in a rich, smoky sauce, these beans are packed with flavor and perfect for any meal. Whether you're serving them at a barbecue or enjoying them as a cozy side, they're a delicious and hearty dish everyone will love!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 45 minutes
Additional Time 0 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Course Vegan
Cuisine American
Servings 5 Servings
Calories 186 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 red onion diced
  • 1 bell pepper diced
  • 3 tomatoes chopped
  • 3 cloves crushed garlic
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 2 teaspoons ground cumin
  • 2 teaspoons smoked paprika
  • 1 teaspoon red chili flakes
  • 2 cans kidney beans drained and rinsed
  • 1 cup BBQ sauce

Instructions
 

  • Preheat the Oven: Preheat your oven to 375°F (190°C).
  • Sauté the Vegetables: In a large skillet, heat the olive oil over medium heat. Add the diced red onion and bell pepper. Sauté for about 5 minutes until they start to soften.
  • Add Garlic and Spices: Add the crushed garlic, ground cumin, smoked paprika, and red chili flakes to the skillet. Stir well and cook for another 2 minutes until the spices are fragrant.
  • Incorporate Tomatoes: Add the chopped tomatoes to the skillet. Cook for about 5-7 minutes, allowing the tomatoes to break down and create a saucy base.
  • Add Kidney Beans and BBQ Sauce: Stir in the kidney beans and BBQ sauce, mixing everything together until the beans are well coated with the sauce and spices.
  • Transfer to Baking Tray: Pour the mixture into a baking tray, spreading it out evenly.
  • Bake: Place the tray in the preheated oven and bake for 30-35 minutes, until the top is slightly caramelized and the sauce is bubbling.
  • Serve: Remove from the oven and let it cool slightly before serving. Enjoy your delicious and hearty vegan baked beans!

Notes

Choose Quality Beans: Use good quality canned kidney beans or cook your own from dried beans for the best texture and flavor. If using dried beans, soak them overnight and cook them until tender before adding to the recipe.
Fresh Spices: Ensure your spices are fresh for maximum flavor. Old, stale spices can significantly diminish the taste of your dish.
Sauté Slowly: Take your time when sautéing the onions and bell peppers. Cooking them slowly over medium heat allows them to caramelize and develop a great smoky flavor.

Nutrition

Serving: 1gCalories: 186kcalCarbohydrates: 31gProtein: 2gFat: 7gSaturated Fat: 1gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 4gSodium: 605mgPotassium: 439mgFiber: 3gSugar: 23gVitamin A: 2011IUVitamin C: 43mgCalcium: 47mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Best Caramelized Onion Dip With Chives

by

This Caramelized Onion Dip with chives is a creamy, flavorful appetizer that takes classic onion dip to the next level. Sweet, caramelized onions are blended with cream cheese, sour cream, and mayonnaise for a rich, tangy dip that’s perfect for chips, veggies, or crackers.

Best Caramelized Onion Dip With Chives.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why This Recipe Works

  • Sweet and Savory: The caramelized onions add a deep, rich sweetness that balances the creamy base.
  • Easy to Make: Simple ingredients and minimal effort result in onion dip that feels fancy.
  • Perfect for Any Occasion: Whether it’s a party, Game Day, or snack time, this dip is always a hit. It pairs perfectly with our Crispy Air Fryer Beet Chips and Crispy Parmesan Broccoli Chips recipe.

🥘 Ingredients

Best Caramelized Onion Dip With Chives Ingredients.
  • Yellow Onions: The star of the dip, caramelized to bring out their natural sweetness.
  • Cream Cheese: Provides a creamy, tangy base.
  • Sour Cream: Adds tanginess and lightens the texture.
  • Mayonnaise: Enhances the creaminess with a slight richness.
  • Unsalted Butter: Used to caramelize the onions to perfection.
  • Chives: Adds a fresh, herbal garnish to complement the rich dip.
  • Salt and Pepper: Simple seasonings that enhance the overall flavor.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Yogurt Base: Swap sour cream with plain Greek yogurt for a lighter version.
  • Cheesy Upgrade: Add grated Parmesan or sharp cheddar for extra richness.
  • Spicy Kick: Mix in a dash of cayenne pepper or smoked paprika for heat.
  • Herbaceous Touch: Add fresh parsley, thyme, or dill for more herbal flavor.

🔪 How To Make Caramelized Onion Dip

Chopping onion on a wooden board.
  1. Step 1: Peel the yellow onions and slice them thinly.
Caramelizing onion in. a skillet to prep for onion dip.
  1. Step 2: Heat butter in a skillet over medium-high heat. Add the sliced onions and stir occasionally. As they begin to brown, reduce the heat to medium-low and continue cooking, stirring occasionally, for about 20-25 minutes until they are golden and caramelized.
Combining sour cream and cream cheese in food processor for onion dip.
  1. Step 3: While the onions cook, add cream cheese, sour cream, mayonnaise, salt, and pepper to a food processor.
Blended onion dip in the food processor.
  1. Step 4: Blend until the mixture is smooth and creamy.
Caramelized onions in a skillet.
  1. Step 5: Let the caramelized onions cool for 5 minutes. Add them to the food processor with the creamy mixture.
adding onions to cream cheese in food processor to make onion dip.
  1. Step 6: Pulse just a few times to mix in the onions, ensuring there are still small chunks for texture.
Creamy onion dip in the food processor.
  1. Step 7: Transfer the dip to a serving bowl. Garnish with sliced chives and serve with chips, crackers, or fresh vegetables.
Onion Dip in a bowl next to a plate of crackers and chives.
  1. Step 8: Garnish with sliced chives and serve with chips, crackers, or fresh vegetables.
onion dip on a cracker.

Optional Garnishes for Caramelized Onion Dip

  • Fresh Parsley: A sprinkle of parsley can brighten the dip’s appearance and flavor.
  • Chopped Chives: Adds color and a fresh, mild onion flavor.
  • Crispy Onions: Sprinkle fried onions on top for extra crunch.
  • Paprika: Dust lightly over the top for a hint of spice and color.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Low and Slow: Take your time with caramelizing the onions to develop their sweetness and rich flavor.
  • Room Temperature Ingredients: Let the cream cheese soften before blending for a smoother consistency.
  • Mix to Taste: Pulse the onions into the dip lightly for a chunkier texture or blend more for a smoother dip.
  • Make Ahead: Prepare this dip a day in advance to let the flavors meld together even more.

💭 FAQs

What Makes Caramelized Onion Dip Different To Classic Onion Dip?

This dip uses sweet, golden caramelized onions instead of raw or dried onion flavoring, giving it a deep, rich sweetness that elevates the classic recipe.

Can I Use Red Onions Instead Of Yellow Onions?

Yes, red onions can be used, but they will impart a slightly different flavor—less sweet and more tangy. Yellow onions are preferred for their natural sweetness when caramelized.

How Long Does It take To Caramalize Onions?

Caramelizing onions typically takes 20-25 minutes over medium-low heat. Be patient and cook them slowly to develop their full sweetness.

Can I Make This Dip Ahead Of Time?

Absolutely! In fact, the flavors improve if you make it a day in advance and store it in the fridge. Just give it a good stir before serving.

Can I Freeze Onion Dip?

No, it’s not recommended to freeze this dip as the creamy base can separate and alter the texture when thawed.

🧂Serving Suggestions

Here are some sides to serve with Caramelized Onion Dip:

🍽 You'll Want To Try These Dip Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Best Caramelized Onion Dip With Chives.

Caramelized Onion Dip

Angela Milnes
This Caramelized Onion Dip is super creamy and packed with sweet, savory flavor! It’s perfect for dipping chips, veggies, or anything you like!
5 from 3 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
0 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Course Appetizer, dip
Cuisine American
Servings 4 servings
Calories 350 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 2 Yellow Onion
  • 4 oz Cream Cheese
  • ½ Cup Sour Cream
  • ¼ Cup Mayonnaise
  • 3 tablespoon Unsalted Butter
  • 1 tablespoon Chives Sliced
  • ¼ teaspoon Salt Or To Taste
  • ¼ teaspoon Black Pepper Or To Taste

Instructions
 

  • Peel and thinly slice the yellow onions. Heat butter in a skillet over medium-high heat. Add onions and stir occasionally.
  • Once they begin to brown, lower the heat to medium-low and cook for 20-25 minutes, stirring occasionally, until golden and caramelized.
  • In a food processor, combine cream cheese, sour cream, mayonnaise, salt, and pepper.
  • Process until the mixture is smooth and creamy. Let the onions cool for 5 minutes, then add them to the food processor with the creamy mixture.
  • Pulse a few times to combine, leaving some small onion chunks for texture.
  • Transfer the dip to a bowl, garnish with sliced chives, and serve with chips, crackers, or fresh veggies.

Notes

Low and Slow: Take your time with caramelizing the onions to develop their sweetness and rich flavor.
Room Temperature Ingredients: Let the cream cheese soften before blending for a smoother consistency.
Mix to Taste: Pulse the onions into the dip lightly for a chunkier texture or blend more for a smoother dip.
Make Ahead: Prepare this dip a day in advance to let the flavors meld together even more.

Nutrition

Calories: 350kcalCarbohydrates: 8gProtein: 3gFat: 34gSaturated Fat: 16gPolyunsaturated Fat: 7gMonounsaturated Fat: 8gTrans Fat: 0.4gCholesterol: 74mgSodium: 336mgPotassium: 165mgFiber: 1gSugar: 4gVitamin A: 867IUVitamin C: 5mgCalcium: 75mgIron: 0.2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!
Best Caramelized Onion Dip With Chives.

Try The Following Dip Recipes:

Crispy Air Fryer Carrot Fries

by

Craving fries but want something a little lighter? These crispy air fryer carrot fries are the ultimate guilt-free alternative. They're golden, crisp, full of flavor, and come together in under 20 minutes.

Air Fryer Carrot Fries.

Fries are a comfort food classic, but carrots? Total underdog. When you slice them just right and toss them in the air fryer, magic happens. These crispy air fryer carrot fries are especially perfect during spring and summer when fresh carrots are at their peak, and they’re ideal for BBQS, veggie-loaded dinners, or a snack that even picky kids will devour.

This recipe was inspired by my obsession with sneaky vegetable swaps. These taste way better than you'd think and pair like a dream with our pesto chicken sliders or beetroot and black bean burgers.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Full of flavor: The natural sweetness of carrots + savory spices = fry heaven.
  • Vegan & gluten-free: Allergy-friendly and low-carb too.
  • Kid-approved: They won’t even realize they’re eating vegetables.
  • Healthier than fries: All the crisp without the deep-fried guilt.

🥕 Ingredients

Air fryer carrot fries ingredients labelled.

These deliciously crispy carrot fries are an easy 4-ingredient vegan side or healthy snack! Here’s what you'll need:

  • Carrots: Skip the baby carrots and go for big, hearty whole ones. They’re easier to cut into fry shapes and hold up better in the air fryer.
  • Olive Oil: (The secret to crispiness). A light drizzle helps those spices stick and gives you that golden, satisfying crunch. Avocado or canola oil work too!
  • Garlic Powder: It adds that savory, salty vibe that makes these taste like legit fries—without the grease.
  • Salt: Every good fry needs it. Want lower sodium? Try a salt substitute and you’re good to go.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖 Substitutions & Variations

  • Low-oil option – Use a light spritz of olive oil spray instead of drizzling oil.
  • Spice it up – Give your air fryer carrot fries a smoky twist with cayenne or smoked paprika.
  • Sweet & savory – Try a dash of cinnamon or maple syrup for a fun flavor flip.
  • Cheesy & zesty – Sprinkle on a bit of shredded Parmesan and lemon juice before cooking for a tangy, savory finish.

🔪 How To Make Carrot Fries In Air Fryer

Peeled carrots on chopping board.
  1. Step 1: Peel and slice carrots into even sticks.
Sliced carrot in bowl.
  1. Step 2: Place the carrot sticks in a medium-sized bowl and coat with olive oil. Then, sprinkle your salt and garlic powder to season.
Seasoned carrot slices in an air fryer basket.
  1. Step 3: Next, spread your carrots out in the air fryer basket. Don’t overcrowd them. You want there to be room for airflow to make your air fryer carrot fries nice and crispy.
cooked carrot fries in air fryer basket.
  1. Step 4: Turn your air fryer to 370° F. Air fry for 10 minutes. Garnish your seasoned carrots with chopped parsley or a herb of your choice. Serve and Enjoy the best carrot fries around!

💡 Hint: For even crispier results, preheat your air fryer for 3–5 minutes before adding the carrots. A hot basket gives you that instant sizzle and crunch! And don’t skip shaking the basket halfway—it's the secret to evenly golden fries.

Looking for a dip or creamy side to serve with your carrot fries! Try this tasty smoked salmon dip or our high-protein baked spinach ricotta.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Cut evenly – Consistent sizing = evenly crisped fries.
  • Shake it up – Give the basket a toss halfway for max crunch.
  • Preheat for success – A preheated air fryer delivers better texture.
  • Batch it – Don’t crowd the basket or your fries might steam instead of crisp.
Air Fried carrot fries on a plate.

💭 FAQs

How do I make carrot fries extra crispy in the air fryer?

Toss them in a little cornstarch and don’t overcrowd the air fryer. Crispiness needs space!

Can I use baby carrots?

You can! Just slice them thinner so they cook evenly and keep an eye on the time.

What seasonings go best with carrot sticks?

Garlic powder, paprika, cumin—even Parmesan! Don’t be afraid to mix it up.

Why are my carrot fries soggy?

Too much moisture or a crowded basket. Pat them dry and give them room to crisp.

Can I bake carrot fries instead?

Yep! Bake at 425°F for 25–30 minutes, flipping halfway for golden, crispy goodness.

Carrot fries on a plate ready to eat.

💖 Serving Suggestions

These crispy carrot fries are fab solo but even better with:

Looking for the perfect veggie-packed summer meal? Pair these fries with our Beetroot and Black Bean Burgers and a chilled Mango Pineapple Smoothie.

🍽 More Crispy Air Fryer Veggies

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below or share your dip pairings in the comments!

Air Fryer Carrot Fries.

Air Fryer Carrot Fries

Angela Milnes
These Air Fryer Carrot Fries are a healthy and delicious alternative to regular fries! Crispy on the outside and tender on the inside, they’re seasoned to perfection and make for a great snack or side dish. Quick and easy to make in the air fryer, these carrot fries are a fun way to enjoy your veggies!
5 from 4 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 9 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Course Air Fryer Recipes
Cuisine American
Servings 2 Servings
Calories 101 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 Cup Carrots Sliced
  • 1 tablespoon Olive Oil
  • 1 tablespoon Garlic Powder
  • 1 teaspoon Salt

Instructions
 

  • First, use a potato peeler to peel the skin off your carrots. Then, cut the carrots in half lengthwise and cut them into thirds.
  • Place the carrot sticks in a medium-sized bowl and coat with olive oil. Then, sprinkle your salt and garlic powder to season.
  • Next, spread your carrots out in the air fryer basket. Don’t overcrowd them. You want there to be room for airflow to make your air fryer carrot fries nice and crispy.
  • Turn your air fryer to 370° F. Air Frying for 10-minutes.
  • Garnish your seasoned carrots with chopped parsley or a herb of your choice. Serve and Enjoy the best carrot fries around!

Notes

  • Cut evenly – Consistent sizing = evenly crisped fries.
  • Shake it up – Give the basket a toss halfway for max crunch.
  • Preheat for success – A preheated air fryer delivers better texture.
  • Batch it – Don’t crowd the basket or your fries might steam instead of crisp.

Nutrition

Calories: 101kcalCarbohydrates: 9gProtein: 1gFat: 7gSaturated Fat: 1gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 5gSodium: 1209mgPotassium: 253mgFiber: 2gSugar: 3gVitamin A: 10692IUVitamin C: 4mgCalcium: 25mgIron: 0.5mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

How To Roast Peppers In Air Fryer

by

Unlock the art of roasting chili peppers effortlessly with our foolproof guide for How To Roast Peppers In Air Fryer! Infuse your dishes with rich, smoky flavor as your air fryer expertly chars vibrant peppers to perfection. Say hello to a versatile ingredient and enjoy these homemade roasted peppers today!

Roasted peppers on a wooden board.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why This Recipe Works

  • Useful: I love putting fresh produce to use, and whenever I find more bell peppers and other peppers than needed lying in my refrigerator, I always turn to the easy roast peppers in the Air Fryer recipe.
  • Versatile: Not only is it a great way to put those peppers to use, but it is also a super versatile vegetable side dish that you'll love using for all your recipes.
  • Simple: Air fryer roasted peppers are simple and easy to make in the air fryer.

🥘 Ingredients

ingredients to make roasted chili peppers.

With just 2 simple ingredients, you'll be able to make roast peppers in the Air Fryer.

If you love this recipe, you'll also love these Stuffed Hatch Chiles.

  • Hatch Chili Peppers: The main ingredient, known for their unique flavor. When roasted, they develop a smoky and slightly sweet taste.
  • Olive Oil: Helps to achieve a crisp, golden exterior on the peppers in the air fryer while enhancing their natural flavors.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Roasted Bell Peppers: Try roasting bell peppers instead of chili peppers. If cooking roasted red peppers or green peppers that are large in size, you can choose to slice them into half and then add them to the Air Fryer basket. Remember to flip the air fryer bell peppers midway through the cooking process so that they have those perfect charred edges you're looking for. I love to roast orange peppers as these sweet peppers have a great color.
  • Avocado Oil: If you don't want to use olive oil on your air fryer peppers, you can make do with avocado oil too.

🔪 How To Roast Peppers In Air Fryer

Green chilies in an Air Fryer.
  1. Step 1: Place chilies in the air fryer basket. You can fill the basket, but don’t overlay the chilies. Coat whole peppers in olive oil. Cook at 400°f for 15 minutes or until the skins start to blacken and blister. If the bottom side needs more cooking, flip and cook for 5 more minutes or until blistered.
Roasted chili peppers in air fryer.
  1. Step 2: Cook at 400°f for 15 minutes or until the skins start to blacken and blister. If the bottom side needs more cooking, flip and cook for 5 more minutes or until blistered. Turn the air fryer off after the chilies are cooked and let chilies in the air fryer for 15 minutes to allow them to sweat. This process loosens the skin for removal.
Roast chili peppers on a wooden board.
  1. Step 3: Remove the chilies and begin peeling away the skin. Remove all of the skin from the chilies. Slice open the chilies a long way and remove the stems, seeds, and veins using a sharp knife.
Roasted chilies on a wooden board.
  1. Step 4: Now your hatch chilies are ready for any desired hatch chili recipe. If you wish to preserve them, seal them in an air-tight freezer bag for long storage or in an air-tight container for temporary refrigerated storage. 

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

While making roast peppers in an Air Fryer is super easy, having these little tips and tricks handy can really help.

  • To add some extra flavor to the roasted peppers, you can season them with some salt and pepper or garlic powder.
  • Italian seasoning is also a great option to consider if you want some more of that Italian flavor to the roasted peppers.
  • An important part to take note of when making roast peppers in Air Fryer is to make sure they don't overcrowd your Air Fryer basket.
  • Another great idea to add to the flavor of the roasted peppers is to drizzle a bit of balsamic vinegar on them after you've peeled and cored them.
  • When making roast peppers in Air Fryer, remember to allow them to cool down completely before you try to peel them.

💭 FAQs

What Kind Of Peppers Can I Use To Make The Roast Peppers In Air Fryer?

You can use practically any kind of peppers to make these roasted peppers. Sweet bell peppers like red bell peppers, yellow bell peppers, orange bell peppers and green bell peppers are great, because they get a nice char on the outside that adds go their flavor. Poblano peppers and banana peppers are two other good options to consider.

The Best Way To Store Air Fryer Hatch Chili Peppers

Store roasted chili peppers in the fridge in an airtight container for up to 1 week.
Freeze leftover peppers on a baking sheet before transferring to a freezer bag for up to 6 months.

🧂How To Use Roasted Chili Peppers?

These are my favorite ways to use roasted chili peppers

  • Mango and Pineapple Salsa and Dips: Chop roasted chili peppers and add them to salsa for an extra kick of flavor. They also make a tasty addition to guacamole or hummus.
  • Instant Pot Enchilada Soup: Stir chopped roasted chili peppers into soups and stews for added depth and heat. They work particularly well in chili, tomato soup, or lentil stew.
  • Breakfast Tacos With Sour Cream and Burritos: Layer sliced roasted chili peppers into tacos or burritos for a burst of smoky flavor. They pair well with grilled meats, beans, cheese, and fresh salsa.
  • Steak and Pepper Sandwiches and Wraps: Add roasted chili peppers to sandwiches and wraps for a spicy kick. They're delicious in grilled cheese sandwiches, chicken wraps, or veggie burgers.
  • Pasta and Rice Dishes like Mexican Steak And Rice: Toss chopped roasted chili peppers into pasta dishes or rice bowls for added flavor. They complement creamy sauces, roasted vegetables, and grilled meats.
Air fried chili peppers on a wooden board.

🍽 More Tasty Air Fryer Dishes You'll Love

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

How To Roast Peppers In Air Fryer.

Air Fryer Hatch Chili Peppers

Angela Milnes
Air Fryer Hatch Chili Peppers are a quick and easy way to enjoy the smoky, slightly spicy flavor of these seasonal favorites. With the air fryer, you can roast them to perfection in just minutes, making them great for adding to your favorite dishes or enjoying as a tasty snack. If you love Hatch chilies, this simple method will be your new go-to!
5 from 4 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 13 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 29 minutes
Course Air Fryer Recipes
Cuisine American
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 65 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 6 Hatch Chili Peppers
  • 2 Tablespoons Olive oil

Instructions
 

  • Prep the PeppersPlace chilies in the air fryer basket. You can fill the basket but don’t overlay the chilies. Coat whole peppers in olive oil.
  • Roast Peppers in Air FryerCook at 400°f for 15 minutes or until the skins start to blacken and blister. If the bottom side needs more cooking, flip and cook for 5 more minutes or until blistered.
  • Let the Peppers Sweat. Turn the air fryer off after chilies are cooked and let chilies in the air fryer for 15 minutes to allow them to sweat. This process loosens the skin for removal.
  • Peel the Skin and Remove the CoreRemove the chilies and begins peeling away the skin. Remove all of the skin from the chilies. Slice open the chilies a long way and remove the stems, seeds, and veins using a sharp knife.
  • Preserve or Store ThemNow your hatch chilies are ready for any desired hatch chili recipe. If you wish to preserve them, seal them in an air-tight freezer bag for long storage or in an air-tight container for temporary refrigerated storage.

Notes

To add some extra flavor to the roasted peppers, you can season them with some salt and pepper or garlic powder.
Italian seasoning is also a great option to consider if you want some more of that Italian flavor to the roasted peppers.
An important part to take note of when making roast peppers in Air Fryer is to make sure they don't overcrowd your Air Fryer basket.
    • Another great idea to add to the flavor of the roasted peppers is to drizzle a bit of balsamic vinegar on them after you've peeled and cored them.
    • When making roast peppers in Air Fryer, remember to allow them to cool down completely before you try to peel them.

Nutrition

Calories: 65kcalCarbohydrates: 1gProtein: 0.2gFat: 7gSaturated Fat: 1gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 5gSodium: 1mgPotassium: 28mgFiber: 0.3gSugar: 0.3gVitamin A: 84IUVitamin C: 4mgCalcium: 1mgIron: 0.1mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Air Fryer Recipes To Check Out:

If you enjoyed making these roast peppers in Air Fryer and are inspired to try some more such fun and easy recipes, here are a few handpicked ones you might want to try out.

Mediterranean Zucchini Stew With Tomatoes

by

Cozy up with a bowl of Zucchini Stew, a hearty and veggie-packed dish that’s bursting with flavor! Tender zucchini, vibrant vegetables, and a savory broth come together for a comforting Mediterranean meal that’s as wholesome as it is delicious. Perfect for a quick dinner or meal prep!

Mediterranean Zucchini Stew With Tomatoes
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

If you're a fan of zucchini then be sure to check out these delicious and healthy zucchini recipes. Zucchini Lasagna Rolls With Eggplant, Easy Greek Zucchini Moussaka, Cheesy Sausage Lasagna With Zucchini, Air Fryer Zucchini Fritters and Zucchini Egg Bake Recipe.

Why This Recipe Works

  • Wholesome and Hearty: Packed with tender zucchini and colorful veggies, this stew is as nourishing as it is satisfying.
  • Perfect for Any Occasion: Whether you need a quick weeknight meal or a dinner prep option, this versatile dish fits the bill.
  • Bursting with Flavor: The savory broth and fresh ingredients create a comforting bowl of goodness for zucchini season.

🥘 Ingredients

Mediterranean Zucchini Stew ingredients.
  • Potatoes: Add heartiness and a satisfying texture, making the stew more filling and comforting.
  • Zucchini: Contributes a fresh and tender element, enhancing the stew with a light, garden-fresh flavor.
  • Garlic: Infuses aromatic depth and richness, elevating the overall flavor profile of the stew.
  • Bell Pepper: Introduces a natural sweetness and vibrant color, complementing the other ingredients beautifully.
  • Onion: Provides a savory base, adding layers of flavor and enhancing the stew's taste.
  • Olive Oil: Ensures richness and aids in frying, helping to meld the flavors together seamlessly.
  • Chopped Tomatoes: Offer tanginess and acidity, balancing the flavors and adding a robust taste.
  • Salt: Essential for seasoning, bringing out the natural flavors of each ingredient.
  • Pepper: Adds a subtle heat, enhancing the complexity of the stew's flavor.
  • Paprika: Imparts a smoky undertone, adding depth and warmth to the dish.
  • Granulated Garlic: Boosts the garlic flavor, ensuring every bite is packed with taste.
  • Coriander: Provides a hint of warmth and spice, enriching the stew's aromatic profile.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Love a little heat? Stir in jalapeños, red pepper flakes, smoked paprika, and cayenne for a spicy kick that’ll wake up your taste buds.
  • Want it extra hearty? Toss in chickpeas, white beans, or lentils for a protein boost—Parmesan or nutritional yeast on top makes it even better.
  • Craving something creamy? Swap the Italian spices for curry powder, turmeric, and cumin, then stir in coconut milk for a rich, cozy twist.
  • Feeling a little festive? Black beans, corn, diced green chilies, and a melty cheddar topping with a squeeze of lime give this stew a full-on Mexican makeover.

🔪 How To Make Zucchini Stew With Tomatoes

Sauteed onions in a pan.
  1. Step 1: Fry the onion in frying oil for 5 minutes on low heat. Stir the onions.
Chopped potatoes, zucchini, and bell peppers in a deep saucepan.
  1. Step 2: Place chopped potatoes, zucchini, and bell peppers in a deep saucepan.
Chopped potatoes, zucchini, bell peppers, chopped garlic, fried onions, canned tomatoes, salt and spices in a deep saucepan.
  1. Step 3: Add chopped garlic, fried onions, canned tomatoes, salt and spices.
Vegetables mixed with spices and canned tomatoes.
  1. Step 4: Mix everything thoroughly. You can pour in 4-5 tablespoons of water; however, the vegetables will give enough liquid, and it will combine with the juice of the canned tomatoes.
Cooked zucchini stew.
  1. Step 5: Cook the vegetables for 20 minutes, stirring and making sure some of the liquid remains at the bottom of the saucepan.
Zucchini stew in a serving dish.
  1. Step 6: Serve your Italian Zucchini stew hot or cold, you can sprinkle it with chopped herbs.
Mediterranean Zucchini Stew ingredients.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Choose Fresh Vegetables: Use fresh zucchini, bell peppers, and potatoes for the best flavor and texture. Smaller zucchini are usually more tender and less watery.
  • Cut Evenly: Chop the vegetables into similar-sized pieces to ensure they cook evenly. This prevents some veggies from turning mushy while others remain undercooked.
  • Don’t Skip the Stirring: Stir the stew occasionally to prevent the vegetables from sticking to the bottom and to ensure the flavors mix evenly.
  • Adjust Liquid as Needed: While the recipe suggests minimal water, keep an eye on the consistency. Add a splash of water if the stew looks too dry but avoid making it soupy.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite dishes to serve with stewed tomatoes and zucchini:

  • Crusty bread is perfect for soaking up the flavorful juices. try Raw Vegan Bread or Whole Wheat Irish Soda Bread.
  • Easy Garlic Rice: Serve zucchini stew over steamed white or brown rice for a hearty meal.
  • Quinoa: A protein-rich base that complements the stew’s flavors.
  • Eggs: Top zucchini stew with a poached or fried egg for a simple yet satisfying meal.
  • Mediterranean Orzo Salad: A fresh green salad with a tangy vinaigrette balances the rich flavors of zucchini stew.
Top view of zucchini stew with tomatoes.

💭 FAQs

Can I use different vegetables in the stew?

Yes! You can add other vegetables like carrots, green beans, or eggplant to vary the stew's flavor and texture.

Can I make this stew spicier?

Absolutely! You can add ingredients like jalapeños, red pepper flakes, or cayenne pepper to give the stew a spicy kick.

Can I add protein to this vegetarian stew?

Yes! You can add chickpeas, white beans, or lentils for a protein boost, or even top it with grilled chicken or a poached egg.

How should I store leftover zucchini stew?

Store the stew in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days. You can also freeze it for up to 3 months and reheat it later.

Best Way to Store Zucchini Stew

Store the zucchini stew in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Reheat gently on the stovetop or in the microwave. Freeze in portions in freezer-safe containers or bags for up to 3 months. Thaw overnight in the fridge and reheat before serving.

🍽 More Fantastic Dinner Ideas

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save t

Mediterranean Zucchini Stew With Tomatoes.

Mediterranean Zucchini Stew With Tomatoes

Angela Milnes
This flavorful zucchini stew is a veggie-packed delight that's simple, wholesome, and so comforting! With tender potatoes, zucchini, peppers, and a rich tomato base, it's a fuss-free dish you’ll love serving warm or cold.
5 from 3 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 39 minutes
Total Time 44 minutes
Course Dinners, Lunch, Main Course
Cuisine Italian, Mediterranean
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 167 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 2 Potatoes Peeled And Diced
  • ½ Zucchini Diced
  • 3 Cloves Garlic Finely Chopped
  • 1 Bell Pepper Finely Chopped
  • 1 Onion Chopped
  • 1 tbsp. Oil
  • 1 Cup Canned Tomatoes Chopped
  • ½ tsp. Salt
  • ½ tsp. Pepper
  • ½ tsp. Paprika
  • ½ tsp. Granulated garlic
  • ½ tsp. Coriander

Instructions
 

  • Fry the onion in frying oil for 5 minutes on low heat. Stir the onions.
  • Place chopped potatoes, zucchini, and bell peppers in a deep saucepan.
  • Add chopped garlic, fried onions, canned tomatoes, salt, and spices.
  • Mix everything thoroughly. You can pour in 4-5 tablespoons of water, however, the vegetables will give enough liquid and it will combine with the juice of the canned tomatoes.
  • Cook the vegetables for 20 minutes, stirring and making sure some of the liquid remains at the bottom of the saucepan.
  • Serve vegetables warm or cold, you can sprinkle them with chopped herbs.

Notes

Choose Fresh Vegetables: Use fresh zucchini, bell peppers, and potatoes for the best flavor and texture. Smaller zucchini are usually more tender and less watery.
Cut Evenly: Chop the vegetables into similar-sized pieces to ensure they cook evenly. This prevents some veggies from turning mushy while others remain undercooked.
Don’t Skip the Stirring: Stir the stew occasionally to prevent the vegetables from sticking to the bottom and to ensure the flavors mix evenly.

Nutrition

Calories: 167kcalCarbohydrates: 30gProtein: 5gFat: 4gSaturated Fat: 0.4gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 2gTrans Fat: 0.01gSodium: 331mgPotassium: 839mgFiber: 6gSugar: 7gVitamin A: 1420IUVitamin C: 72mgCalcium: 59mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Hearty Family Meals:

Zucchini Lasagna Rolls With Eggplant

by

Craving comfort food without the carbs? These Zucchini Lasagna Rolls With Eggplant are cheesy, saucy, and loaded with veggie goodness—perfect for a lighter lasagna fix.

Zucchini Lasagna Rolls With Eggplant.

If you’re looking for a cozy dinner that won’t leave you feeling stuffed, these zucchini lasagna roll ups are the way to go. They’ve got all the flavor of classic lasagna—creamy ricotta, tangy tomato sauce, melty cheese—but instead of pasta, we’re using thinly sliced zucchini and smoky eggplant for a low carb lasagna twist.

If you’re loving the veggie-packed vibes, check out my Air Fryer Zucchini Fritters, Zucchini Egg Bake, or Spinach And Ricotta Bake for more easy dinner ideas.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • All the lasagna flavor, none of the heaviness: It's cheesy and comforting without the pasta.
  • Veggie-loaded: This meatless zucchini lasagna features tender zucchini and smoky eggplant for a healthy, veggie-forward twist.
  • Versatile + prep-friendly: Perfect for meal prep or dinner, this dish is simple to adapt with your favorite fillings and sauces!

⭐ Star Ingredients

Zucchini Eggplant Lasagna Ingredients.
  • Zucchini: Thin slices act as our “noodles”—light, tender, and perfect for rolling.
  • Eggplant: Adds heartiness and a subtle smoky flavor to every bite.
  • Ricotta Cheese: Creamy, dreamy, and the perfect filling base.
  • Marinara Sauce: Ties everything together with rich, herby tomato flavor.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Cheese lovers: Add shredded mozzarella or sprinkle with Parmesan between rolls.
  • Protein boost: Mix in cooked turkey, chicken, or tofu with the ricotta.
  • More veggies: Roasted mushrooms, bell peppers, or kale all work beautifully here.
  • Sauce switch: Try pesto, Alfredo, or roasted red pepper sauce for a fun twist.
  • Vegan version: Use plant-based ricotta, vegan cheese, and a flax egg instead of regular egg.

These cheesy zucchini lasagna rolls pair so well with my Cheesy Garlic Bread Pizza or a side of Air Fryer Roasted Veggies.

🔪 How To Make Zucchini Lasagna Rolls

Sauteing onion and spinach.
  1. Step 1: Sauté the onions in a skillet until softened, then add spinach and cook until wilted.
Sauteed onion and spinach with ricotta cheese in a bowl.
  1. Step 2: Transfer the cooked onion and spinach to a mixing bowl and stir in ricotta cheese.
Mixing egg, half shredded cheese, oregano, basil salt, and pepper with sauteed onion & spinach and ricotta cheese in a bowl.
  1. Step 3: Add an egg, half of the shredded cheese, oregano, basil, salt, and pepper to the bowl. Mix everything until well combined.
Sliced zucchini in a plate.
  1. Step 4: Slice the zucchini and eggplant into long, thin strips and set them aside. Next spread a layer of marinara sauce evenly across the bottom of an oven-safe baking dish.
Mixture on the sliced zucchini.
  1. Step 5: Take a slice of zucchini, place a spoonful of the ricotta mixture at one end, and roll it up.
Sauteed onion and spinach and other ingredient mixture wrapped in sliced zucchini.
  1. Step 6: Repeat with eggplant slices, alternating between zucchini and eggplant for variety.
Wrapped sliced zucchinis with mixture, ready to bake.
  1. Step 7: Place the zucchini roll ups sideways into the baking dish, fitting them snugly together. (See example photos below for guidance—note that the photos only show zucchini, but this recipe includes both zucchini and eggplant.)
Marinara sauce on Wrapped sliced zucchinis with mixture, ready to bake.
  1. Step 8: Once the baking dish is full of rolls, pour the remaining marinara sauce over the top, filling in any gaps between the rolls.
Sauteing onion and spinach.
  1. Step 9: Sprinkle the remaining shredded cheese over the rolls.
Sauteed onion and spinach with ricotta cheese in a bowl.
  1. Step 10: Cover the dish with tin foil and bake in a preheated oven at 375°F (190°C) for 30 minutes.
Mixing egg, half shredded cheese, oregano, basil salt, and pepper with sauteed onion & spinach and ricotta cheese in a bowl.
  1. Step 11: Remove the foil and bake for an additional 10 minutes, or until the cheese on top is golden brown.
Sliced zucchini in a plate.
  1. Step 12: Let the lasagna rolls cool slightly before serving. They’re packed with flavor and perfect for any meatless meal!

💡Hint: A mandoline slicer helps you get super even veggie slices that are perfect for rolling!

Zucchini Lasagna Rolls With Eggplant.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Prevent sogginess: Salt the sliced veggies and pat them dry to keep the rolls firm.
  • Make ahead: Assemble up to 24 hours in advance—just cover and refrigerate until ready to bake.
  • Cheese perfection: Broil for 2–3 minutes at the end if you love a crispy, golden top.

💭 FAQs

How Do I Prevent Zucchini Lasagna Rolls From Becoming Watery?

Salt the zucchini and eggplant slices and let them sit for 10 minutes to draw out excess moisture. Pat them dry before assembling.

Can I Make Zucchini Lasagna Rolls Vegan?

Yes! Use plant-based ricotta and shredded cheese, and replace the egg with a flaxseed egg (1 tablespoon ground flaxseed + 3 tablespoons water).

Can I Use A Different Sauce?

Definitely! Pesto, Alfredo, or roasted red pepper sauce are great alternatives to marinara.

How To Store Leftover Zucchini Lasagna Rolls

Cool completely and store in the fridge for up to 4 days, or freeze for up to 2 months.

Zucchini Lasagna Rolls With Eggplant.

💖 Serving Suggestions

Serve the following sides with your zucchini lasagna:

Side view of Baked Zucchini Eggplant Lasagna In A Plate.

🍽 More Tasty Zucchini Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Zucchini Lasagna Rolls With Eggplant.

Zucchini Lasagna Rolls With Eggplant

Angela Milnes
These cheesy zucchini and eggplant rolls are packed with ricotta, spinach, and herbs, baked to perfection in marinara sauce. A comforting, veggie-packed twist on lasagna you’ll love!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 50 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 5 minutes
Course Appetizer
Cuisine Italian
Servings 6 Servings
Calories 426 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 2 Zucchini
  • 1 Eggplant
  • 2 tablespoon Olive Oil
  • 1 Onion
  • 1 tablespoon Minced Garlic
  • 2 Cups Spinach Chopped
  • 1 ½ Cups Ricotta Cheese
  • 1 Egg
  • 1 teaspoon Oregano
  • 2 teaspoon Basil
  • Pinch Salt
  • Pinch Pepper
  • 3 Cups Tomato Mariana or Pasta Sauce
  • 2 ½ Cups Shredded Cheese
  • Fresh Herbs For Garnish 

Instructions
 

  • Sauté the onions in a skillet until softened, then add spinach and cook until wilted.
  • Transfer the cooked onion and spinach to a mixing bowl and stir in ricotta cheese.
  • Add an egg, half of the shredded cheese, oregano, basil, salt, and pepper to the bowl. Mix everything until well combined.
  • Slice the zucchini and eggplant into long, thin strips and set them aside. Next spread a layer of marinara sauce evenly across the bottom of an oven-safe baking dish.
  • Take a slice of zucchini, place a spoonful of the ricotta mixture at one end, and roll it up.
  • Repeat with eggplant slices, alternating between zucchini and eggplant for variety.
  • Place each roll sideways into the baking dish, fitting them snugly together. (See example photos below for guidance—note that the photos only show zucchini, but this recipe includes both zucchini and eggplant.)
  • Once the baking dish is full of rolls, pour the remaining marinara sauce over the top, filling in any gaps between the rolls.
  • Sprinkle the remaining shredded cheese over the rolls.
  • Cover the dish with tin foil and bake in a preheated oven at 375°F (190°C) for 30 minutes.
  • Remove the foil and bake for an additional 10 minutes, or until the cheese on top is golden brown.
  • Let the lasagna rolls cool slightly before serving. They’re packed with flavor and perfect for any meatless meal!

Notes

Slice Evenly: Use a mandoline slicer or a sharp knife to ensure even, thin slices of zucchini and eggplant. This makes rolling easier and ensures they cook evenly.
Remove Excess Moisture: Lightly salt the zucchini and eggplant slices and let them sit for 10 minutes to draw out excess moisture. Pat them dry with a paper towel to prevent a watery dish.
For Extra Crispiness: If you like crispy cheese, broil the lasagna rolls for the last 2-3 minutes after baking to get that golden, bubbly top.

Nutrition

Calories: 426kcalCarbohydrates: 19gProtein: 23gFat: 30gSaturated Fat: 15gPolyunsaturated Fat: 2gMonounsaturated Fat: 10gTrans Fat: 0.003gCholesterol: 106mgSodium: 967mgPotassium: 918mgFiber: 6gSugar: 10gVitamin A: 2412IUVitamin C: 27mgCalcium: 524mgIron: 3mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Best Gravlax Salmon With Dill (Cured Salmon)

by

Elevate your meals with Homemade Gravlax Salmon! This easy, no-cook recipe transforms fresh salmon into a delicate, flavorful treat, perfect for bagels, salads, or charcuterie boards. With a hint of fresh dill and a touch of sweetness, this salmon gravlax is a simple way to impress at brunch or any gathering.

Gravlax Salmon With Dill.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why This Recipe Works

  • Better Than Store-Bought: Fresh, homemade flavor with none of the preservatives or artificial ingredients.
  • Versatile and Delicious: Perfect as a salad dressing, veggie dip, or even a sauce for wraps and sandwiches.
  • Quick and Easy: Whip it up in minutes with simple ingredients you probably already have on hand!

🥘 Ingredients

Gravalax Cured Salmon Ingredients.
  • Salmon Fillet: The star of the dish, offering a rich, buttery texture and savory flavor that absorbs the curing blend beautifully.
  • Rock Salt: Essential for curing, drawing out moisture, rock salt or coarse seas salt can intensify the natural flavors of the salmon.
  • Dark Muscovado: Provides a deep, molasses-like sweetness that balances the saltiness, adding complexity to the cure.
  • Dill: Infuses the salmon with fresh, herbal notes, enhancing the overall flavor profile with its aromatic essence.
  • Black Pepper: Adds a subtle heat and spice, complementing the rich flavor of the salmon.
  • White Pepper: Offers a milder, earthy spice that blends seamlessly with the other seasonings, providing depth without overpowering.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Spicy Gravlax: Love a little heat? Sprinkle in crushed red pepper flakes, cayenne, or chili powder for a spicy twist.
  • Citrus Gravlax: Brighten things up with lemon, orange, or lime zest in the curing mix for a fresh citrus kick.
  • Gin and Juniper Gravlax: Feeling fancy? A splash of gin and crushed juniper berries add a unique, aromatic touch.
  • Beetroot Gravlax: Want a showstopper? Rub in grated beetroot for an earthy flavor and a gorgeous, deep red color!

🔪How To Make This Salmon Gravlax Recipe

Dill, salt, muscovado and spices in a bowl.
  1. Step 1: In a bowl, mix the dill (or a combination of herbs and dill), kosher salt, muscovado sugar, and spices until well combined.
Salmon pieces covered inside spices mix.
  1. Step 2: Line a plastic food container or a deep bowl with cling film. Place the salmon in the container. The pieces should be as thinly sliced as smoked salmon pieces. Evenly spread the spice, salt, sugar, and dill mixture over it.
Salmon pieces covered inside spices mix, wrapped in a cling film.
  1. Step 3: Cover the salmon with cling film, making several small punctures. Place a small weight or press on top of the salmon, and refrigerate for 48 hours.
Cured salmon in a plate ready to be served.
  1. Step 4: After two days, take out the salmon, remove the salt, spices, and dill, wash the fish, and dry with napkins. Slice the cured salmon gravlax and enjoy.
Side view of gravlax cured salmon.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Choose Fresh Salmon: Use the freshest, highest-quality salmon possible to ensure the best flavor and texture.
  • Ensure Even Coating: Spread the curing mixture evenly over the salmon to ensure consistent curing throughout.
  • Keep It Weighted: Using a small press or weight helps the curing process by encouraging the release of liquid and flavor infusion.
  • Check During Curing: Check the raw salmon halfway through the curing process to ensure it is firming up evenly. Flip it if necessary.

💭 FAQs

Is Gravlax Salmon Raw?

Yes, gravlax is considered raw because it is not cooked. Instead, it is cured with a mixture of salt, sugar, and spices, which preserves the salmon and enhances its flavor without the need for heat.

What’s The Difference Between Gravlax And Smoked Salmon?

Gravlax is cured with salt, sugar, and spices, while smoked salmon is cured and then smoked to add a distinct smoky flavor. Gravlax has a more delicate taste and is often flavored with dill.

What Is The Difference Between Gravlax And Lox?

Gravlax is cured with salt, sugar, and spices, often including dill, whereas lox is typically brined and not cured with spices. Lox is usually smoother and less flavorful than gravlax.

How Long Does Gravlax Need To Cure?

Gravlax typically needs to be cured for about 48 hours in the refrigerator. This time allows the flavors to develop fully and the salmon to achieve the desired texture.

What Kind Of Salmon To Use For Gravlax?

For the best results, use fresh, sashimi-grade salmon or previously frozen salmon to ensure safety and quality. Atlantic salmon or steelhead trout are excellent choices for making gravlax.

How To Store Gravlax Cured Salmon

Store the cured salmon in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 2-3 days. Place parchment paper between layers to prevent sticking.

How To Freeze Gravlax Salmon

For longer storage, freeze the cured salmon gravlax in tightly sealed freezer bags for up to 1 month. Thaw in the refrigerator before serving.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite dishes to serve with salmon gravlax:

  • Potato Pancakes (Latkes): Top crispy potato pancakes with gravlax and a dollop of sour cream.
  • Scrambled Eggs: Mix thin slices of gravlax into creamy scrambled eggs for a luxurious breakfast. Check this article for the best seasonings for scrambled eggs.
  • Pickled Vegetables: Serve alongside pickled onions or capers to add acidity and crunch.
  • Salad Greens: Toss with arugula, spinach, or mixed greens for a light and fresh main course.
  • Rye Bread: Serve on slices of hearty rye bread with whipped cream cheese, mustard sauce or horseradish sauce.
Closeup shot of gravlax cured salmon.

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Best Gravlax Salmon With Dill (Cured Salmon).

Gravlax Cured Salmon

Angela Milnes
Make your own delicious, melt-in-your-mouth gravlax with just a handful of ingredients and a little patience! Perfect for brunch or as an elegant appetizer.
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Curing Time 2 days
Total Time 2 days 15 minutes
Course Appetizer, Lunch
Cuisine American, Swedish
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 193 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 lb. Salmon Fillet Skinless, Boneless
  • 3 tbsp. Rock Salt
  • 2 tbsp. Dark Muscovado
  • 3 tbsp. Dill Dried Or Fresh
  • ⅓ tsp. Black Pepper
  • ⅓ tsp. White Pepper

Instructions
 

  • In a bowl, mix the dill (or a combination of herbs and dill), salt, muscovado sugar, and spices until well combined.
  • Line a plastic food container or a deep bowl with cling film. Place the salmon in the container and evenly spread the spice, salt, sugar, and dill mixture over it.
  • Cover the salmon with cling film, making several small punctures. Place a small weight or press on top of the salmon, and refrigerate for 48 hours.
  • After two days, take out the salmon, remove the salt, spices, and dill, wash the fish, and dry with napkins. Slice and try.

Notes

  • Ensure Even Coating: Spread the curing mixture evenly over the salmon to ensure consistent curing throughout.
  • Keep It Weighted: Using a small press or weight helps the curing process by encouraging the release of liquid and flavor infusion.
  • Check During Curing: Check the salmon halfway through the curing process to ensure it is firming up evenly. Flip it if necessary.

Nutrition

Calories: 193kcalCarbohydrates: 8gProtein: 23gFat: 7gSaturated Fat: 1gPolyunsaturated Fat: 3gMonounsaturated Fat: 2gCholesterol: 62mgSodium: 4438mgPotassium: 585mgFiber: 0.3gSugar: 7gVitamin A: 68IUVitamin C: 0.3mgCalcium: 31mgIron: 1mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Salmon Recipes To Try

Easy Vegan White Bean Stew

by

This Easy Vegan White Bean Stew is like a big, warm hug in a bowl! Packed with tender white beans, a colorful mix of veggies, and just the right blend of spices, it’s the ultimate comfort food for cozy nights at home.

Vegan White Bean Stew.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

If you love this white bean stew be sure to try the following: Skillet Chicken With Artichokes and Sun Dried Tomatoes, Breakfast Potatoes With Peppers And Bacon or Easy Pasta With Pancetta And Peas.

Why This Recipe Works

  • Hearty and Satisfying: A warm, comforting dish that fills you up.
  • Wholesome Ingredients: White Bean Stew is packed with protein, fiber, and veggies for a balanced meal.
  • Easy and Flavorful: Simple to make with bold, delicious flavors in every bite.

🥘 Ingredients

white Bean Stew Ingredients.
  • White Dry Beans: Creamy and protein-packed, they create the stew’s hearty base.
  • Onion: Adds mild sweetness and aromatic depth.
  • Carrot: Brings sweetness and vibrant color.
  • Red Pepper: Offers tangy sweetness and a pop of color.
  • Garlic: Elevates the flavor with robust, savory notes.
  • Bay Leaf: Adds subtle herbal depth.
  • Black Pepper: Enhances savory flavors with a hint of spice.
  • Universal Spice: A blend of Paprika, Onion Powder, Garlic and Cayenne Pepper.
  • Olive Oil: Perfect for sautéing and building flavor.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Love a little heat? Toss in diced jalapeños or a dash of cayenne to give your stew a spicy kick!
  • Fresh herbs = instant flavor boost! Stir in rosemary, thyme, or parsley for that cozy, fragrant touch.
  • Want it extra creamy? Blend up some of the beans and veggies for a rich, velvety texture. Bulk it up with quinoa, rice, or farro—because a heartier stew is always a good idea.
  • A spoonful of tomato paste or crushed tomatoes adds that deep, tangy richness that takes it to the next level!

🔪 How To Make Vegan White Bean Stew

Beans soaked in water.
  1. Step 1: Start by rinsing the beans, then add water to cover them. Let them soak and cook for 3 ½ hours until soft. Drain the water from the soaked beans, then set the beans aside.
Cooking beans and other vegetables.
  1. Step 2: Heat a little oil in a large pan. Toss in all the chopped veggies and sauté for about 5 minutes. Pour in 1 cup of water and let it all simmer for 1 ½ hours until the water is absorbed and the veggies are tender.
Cooked beans and other vegetables to make bean stew.
  1. Step 3: Add the beans back to the pan. Pour in 1 ½ cups of water so it just covers the beans by half an inch. Sprinkle in your spices and tuck in a few bay leaves. Let everything simmer for 10 minutes.
Bean stew in a bowl ready to serve.
  1. Step 4: Remove the bay leaves and serve your bean stew. Garnish with fresh herbs.
Close view of bean stew.

Hint: You can use vegetable broth or vegetable stock instead of water to this white bean stew. It’s an easy swap that adds extra flavor and richness to the dish!

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Soak Your Beans: If using dry beans, soak them overnight for quicker cooking and a creamier texture.
  • Add Greens: Stir in spinach or kale for extra nutrients and color.
  • Make it Ahead: The flavors deepen after a day in the fridge, making leftovers even tastier.
  • Thicken Naturally: Mash some of the beans in the pot for a thicker, heartier stew.

💭 FAQs

Can I Use Canned Beans In this Recipe?

Yes, canned beans work great for this recipe and save time! Simply skip step one, then rinse and drain the beans to remove excess sodium and canning liquid. Since they’re already cooked, you can reduce the cooking time to prevent them from becoming too soft.

Are Navy Beans The Same As White Beans?

Navy beans are a type of white bean, but not all white beans are navy beans. White beans come in several varieties, including navy beans, cannellini beans, great northern beans, and baby lima beans.

Navy beans are small, oval-shaped, and have a mild, creamy texture, making them perfect for stews, soups, and baked bean recipes. While they’re interchangeable in most recipes, each type of white bean has a slightly different size, texture, and flavor profile.

How To Store Leftover Bean Stew

Store leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days. Place cooled stew in freezer-safe containers or bags for up to 3 months. Transfer from the freezer to the fridge and let it thaw overnight.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite dishes to serve with vegan bean stew.

Top view of bean stew.

🍽 More Simple Vegan Dishes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Easy Vegan White Bean Stew.

White Bean Stew

Angela Milnes
This hearty, flavor-packed bean dish is slow-cooked to perfection with fresh veggies and warm spices. Pair it with greens for a cozy, wholesome meal your family will love!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 5 hours 15 minutes
Total Time 5 hours 25 minutes
Course Dinners
Cuisine American
Servings 3 Servings
Calories 2017 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 2 Cups White Dry Beans
  • ½ Cup Onion
  • 1 Carrot
  • ½ Cup Red Pepper
  • 3 Garlic Cloves
  • 1 Bay Leaf
  • ½ tsp. Black pepper
  • 1 tsp. Universal spice
  • 2 tbsp. Olive Oil

Instructions
 

  • Start by rinsing the beans, then add water to cover them. Let them soak and cook for 3 ½ hours until soft. Drain off the water and set the beans aside.
  • Heat a little oil in a large pan. Toss in all the chopped veggies and sauté for about 5 minutes. Pour in 1 cup of water and let it all simmer for 1 ½ hours until the water is absorbed and the veggies are tender.
  • Add the beans back to the pan. Pour in 1 ½ cups of water so it just covers the beans by half an inch. Sprinkle in your spices and tuck in a few bay leaves. Let everything simmer for 10 minutes.
  • Remove the bay leaves and serve your bean stew. Garnish with fresh herbs.

Notes

Soak Your Beans: If using dry beans, soak them overnight for quicker cooking and a creamier texture.
Add Greens: Stir in spinach or kale for extra nutrients and color.
Make it Ahead: The flavors deepen after a day in the fridge, making leftovers even tastier.
Thicken Naturally: Mash some of the beans in the pot for a thicker, heartier stew.

Nutrition

Calories: 2017kcalCarbohydrates: 320gProtein: 113gFat: 50gSaturated Fat: 8gPolyunsaturated Fat: 28gMonounsaturated Fat: 11gTrans Fat: 0.2gSodium: 2052mgPotassium: 9940mgFiber: 106gSugar: 23gVitamin A: 45287IUVitamin C: 13mgCalcium: 1427mgIron: 63mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Delicious Recipes Using Beans

Italian Octopus Salad With Baby Spinach

by

Ready in under 20 minutes, this Italian Octopus Salad with Baby Spinach is light, zesty, and totally restaurant-worthy—minus the fuss. It’s my go-to for when I want seafood that feels fancy but is secretly super easy.

Italian Octopus Salad With Baby Spinach.

Octopus salad is a coastal Italian staple, often served as an antipasto in seaside towns. It’s traditionally simple—letting the seafood take center stage, enhanced by fresh greens, lemon, and a drizzle of good olive oil. This version brings in baby spinach for extra nutrients and ease.

For more Mediterranean flavor, serve this salad with Mediterranean Green Bean Salad, Panzanella with Mozzarella, or Grilled Eggplant with Lemon Dip—each one complements the fresh, zesty notes of this classic Italian dish.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Fresh, Bold Flavors: The tender octopus, sweet tomatoes, and bright lemon dressing deliver the ultimate flavor trifecta.
  • Simple but Impressive: Smoked octopus keeps prep minimal without skimping on flavor.
  • Light and Nourishing: It’s protein-packed, veggie-forward, and totally satisfying.

⭐ Star Ingredients

Ingredients to make octopus salad.
  • Smoked Octopus: My go-to shortcut! No need to wrestle with tentacles—just slice it up and let that naturally smoky flavor do the heavy lifting.
  • Baby Spinach: I love baby spinach here because it’s tender, not too bold, and cradles that lemony dressing like a dream. Way better than your average salad mix.
  • Lemon Juice: Trust me, fresh is best. That bright zing cuts through the richness of the octopus and ties everything together with Mediterranean magic.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Grain it up: Add cooked farro or quinoa to turn this into a satisfying main dish.
  • Zesty fruit twist: Toss in blood orange or grapefruit segments for brightness and visual flair.
  • Mediterranean remix: Swap baby spinach for arugula, and add artichoke hearts or roasted peppers for an antipasto vibe.

For more seafood inspiration, try our Baked Salmon and Cauliflower Rice Sushi, Spicy Shrimp Cakes with Hot Sauce, or quick and easy Instant Pot Shrimp Scampi.

🔪How To Make Italian Octopus Salad

Chopped salad mix, chopped baby spinach, and small pieces of octopus tentacles in a bowl.
  1. Step 1: Place chopped salad mix and chopped baby spinach in a deep bowl. Cut octopus tentacles into thin slices and put them in a bowl.
Chopped salad mix, chopped baby spinach, small pieces of octopus tentacles, cherry tomatoes, and red onion in a bowl.
  1. Step 2: Add halved cherry tomatoes and chopped red onion to the salad mix.
Salad dressing made with mustard, olive oil, and lemon juice.
  1. Step 3: Prepare the dressing by mixing mustard, olive oil, and lemon juice in a small bowl.
Salad dressing poured over octopus salad in a bowl.
  1. Step 4: Pour half the dressing into the salad, and season with salt and spices.
Octopus salad prepared in a bowl.
  1. Step 5: Toss everything thoroughly to combine.
Octopus salad in a plate ready to be served.
  1. Step 6: Transfer the salad to serving plates. Garnish with fresh cilantro and drizzle extra dressing if desired.
Top view of octopus salad in a plate ready to be served.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Pre-marinate the octopus: For extra flavor, toss it in lemon juice and olive oil for 10 minutes before assembling.
  • Chill before serving: Letting the salad rest in the fridge brings all the flavors together.
  • Don’t skip the zest: A little lemon zest in the dressing goes a long way!

💭 FAQs

Can I Use Fresh Or Frozen Octopus For Italian Octopus Salad?

Yes—just simmer until tender. Smoked octopus skips that step and saves time!

What Type Of Otopus Is Best For Italian Octopus Salad?

Smoked octopus works great in this recipe as it adds a rich, smoky flavor. If using fresh octopus, baby or small varieties are ideal for tender, bite-sized pieces.

What type of mustard works best in octopus salad?

Dijon gives it that classic Mediterranean tang, but whole grain mustard adds extra texture if you like a bit more bite.

How long does octopus salad keep?

Store leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days. Keep dressing separate if possible.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite sides to serve with octopus salad.

  • Lemon Rice: Accompany the octopus salad with lemon-infused rice for a citrusy side.
  • Grilled Lemon Herb Shrimp: Serve with grilled shrimp marinated in lemon and fresh herbs. The citrus and seafood flavors complement the octopus salad, enhancing the overall meal.
  • Crusty Bread: Serve with warm, crusty bread to soak up the dressing.
  • Roasted Vegetables: Roasted vegetables like zucchini, bell peppers, and asparagus bring a hearty yet light touch, their caramelized flavors enhancing the salad’s freshness.
  • Fresh Pita Bread: Pair with soft, warm pita bread for a deliciously simple side. It’s perfect for scooping up the salad and adds a light, pillowy texture.
Close view of octopus salad.

🍽 Try More Salad Recipes!

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Italian Octopus Salad With Baby Spinach.

Italian Octopus Salad

Angela Milnes
This vibrant octopus salad is a fresh, flavorful mix of veggies and tender octopus, tossed in a zesty mustard-lemon dressing. It’s light, tasty, and perfect for a quick, fancy meal!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Course Salad, Side Dish
Cuisine Spanish
Servings 2 Servings
Calories 634 kcal

Ingredients
  

Salad Ingredients

  • ⅔ lb. Smoked Octopus
  • 10 Cherry Tomatoes
  • 1 Cup Salad Mix
  • ½ Cup Baby Spinach
  • ½ Red Onion Cut into Strip
  • 6 Olives
  • ¼ tsp. Salt
  • ¼ tsp. Paprika
  • Cilantro For Serving

Dressing Ingredients

  • 1 tsp. Dijon Mustard
  • 1 tbsp. Lemon Juice
  • 2 tbsp. Olive Oil

Instructions
 

  • Place chopped salad mix and chopped baby spinach in a deep bowl. Cut octopus tentacles into thin slices and put them in a bowl.
  • Add halved cherry tomatoes and chopped red onion to the salad mix.
  • Prepare the dressing by mixing mustard, olive oil, and lemon juice in a small bowl.
  • Pour half the dressing into the salad, and season with salt and spices.
  • Toss everything thoroughly to combine.
  • Transfer the salad to serving plates. Garnish with fresh cilantro and drizzle extra dressing if desired.

Notes

Marinate: Soak the octopus in olive oil, garlic, and lemon juice for a burst of flavor before slicing.
Roast: Lightly roast the cherry tomatoes to bring out a sweet and smoky taste.
Chill: Let the salad sit in the fridge for 15 minutes to enhance the flavors.
Spice: Sprinkle a touch of smoked paprika into the dressing for extra depth.

Nutrition

Calories: 634kcalCarbohydrates: 77gProtein: 24gFat: 19gSaturated Fat: 3gPolyunsaturated Fat: 2gMonounsaturated Fat: 12gCholesterol: 73mgSodium: 9690mgPotassium: 827mgFiber: 2gSugar: 4gVitamin A: 1699IUVitamin C: 34mgCalcium: 113mgIron: 9mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Sheet Pan Veggies And Sausage

by

Dinner just got easier with Sheet Pan Veggies and Sausage! This one-pan wonder is packed with colorful roasted vegetables and savory sausage for a simple, hearty meal that’s ready in no time. Perfect for busy weeknights or meal prep, it’s as delicious as it is effortless!

Sheet Pan Veggies And Sausage.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

You'll also want to test out these delightful sheet pan recipes: Sheet Pan Thai Chicken With Lime Wheels, Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas and Sheet Pan Nacho Chips.

Why This Recipe Works

  • One-Pan Convenience: Minimal cleanup and maximum flavor make this a perfect busy-night solution.
  • Customizable and Delicious: Mix and match your favorite veggies and sausage for a meal that suits your taste.
  • Great for Meal Prep: Make ahead for easy lunches or dinners throughout the week!

🥘 Ingredients

Sheet Pan Veggies And Sausage Ingredients.
  • Smoked Andouille Sausage: Adds a smoky, savory kick that perfectly complements the roasted veggies.
  • Olive Oil: Helps the veggies and sausage roast to golden perfection while adding a rich flavor.
  • Broccoli: Brings a fresh, earthy taste and a touch of crunch to the dish.
  • Petite Gold Potatoes: Creamy and tender, these little potatoes roast beautifully for a hearty base.
  • Red Onion: Adds a mild, sweet flavor that caramelizes as it roasts.
  • Red Bell Pepper: Sweet and vibrant, this pepper adds a pop of color and flavor.
  • Orange Bell Pepper: Slightly sweeter than the red, it balances the savory sausage and seasonings.
  • Italian Seasoning: A blend of herbs that enhances the overall flavor with a touch of Mediterranean flair.
  • Garlic Powder: Adds a subtle, savory depth to the dish.
  • Salt and Pepper: Simple seasonings that bring out the natural flavors of each ingredient.
  • Shredded Parmesan Cheese: A finishing touch of nutty, salty goodness that ties the dish together.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Craving an Asian twist? Swap olive oil for teriyaki sauce and toss in snap peas, water chestnuts, and sesame seeds for extra crunch and flavor.
  • Go keto by swapping potatoes for zucchini or cauliflower—same delicious vibes, just low-carb!
  • Make it meat-free with plant-based sausage or tofu, keeping all those bold, savory seasonings intact!

🔪How To Make Sheet Pan Veggies And Sausage

Chopped veggies on a chopping board.
  1. Step 1: Prep the veggies; cut broccoli into florets, chop bell peppers and onion into 1” bite-sized pieces, and halve the potatoes.
Chopped veggies and sausage on sheet pan.
  1. Step 2: Preheat the oven to 425°F. Line a 9x13” (or larger) baking sheet with aluminum foil. Add the prepared veggies and sausage to the sheet pan.
Seasoned chopped veggies and sausage on sheet pan.
  1. Step 3: Drizzle olive oil over the pan. Sprinkle the seasonings on top. Toss everything well to coat and spread it in an even layer.
Baked veggies and sausage on sheet pan.
  1. Step 4: Bake uncovered in the oven for 20 minutes, or until the potatoes are tender.
Baked veggies and sausage.
  1. Step 5: Take the pan out of the oven and sprinkle with Parmesan cheese.
Cooked veggies and sausage in a bowl.
  1. Step 6: Serve warm with rice, if desired. Enjoy!
Baked veggies and sausage in a bowl.

💡 Reheating Tip: For crispy veggies and sausage, reheat on a baking sheet in the oven rather than the microwave.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Boost the Flavor: Sprinkle smoked paprika or chili flakes over the veggies for a smoky kick.
  • Even Crispiness: Toss the veggies and sausage halfway through baking to cook them evenly.
  • Parmesan Perfection: Use freshly grated Parmesan for better melting and richer taste.
  • Zesty Finish: Squeeze fresh lemon juice over everything after baking for a burst of brightness.

💭 FAQs

Can I Use Different Vegetables?

Yes! Carrots, Brussels sprouts, and sweet potatoes work wonderfully. Use whatever you have on hand.

Can I Make This Dish Ahead Of Time?

Yes, prep the veggies and sausage in advance, store them in the fridge, and roast when ready.

How Do I Prevent Veggies From Getting Soggy?

Spread them in a single layer on the pan and avoid overcrowding to ensure even roasting.

Can I Use Frozen Vegetables?

Yes, but let them thaw and pat them dry to prevent excess moisture during roasting.

Best Way To Store This Recipe?

Store leftover Sheet Pan Veggies And Sausage in an airtight container for up to 4 days. Reheat in the oven at 350°F until warmed through for the best texture.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite meals to serve with sausage and veggies.

  • Garlic Butter Rice or quinoa: Add a grain for a more filling meal.
  • Crusty Bread: Perfect for soaking up the juices from the roasted vegetables and sausage.
  • Crispy Mashed Potato Cakes Cak: Complements the roasted flavors with a smooth texture.
  • Creamy Polenta: The soft texture and buttery flavor of polenta complement the roasted veggies and sausage perfectly.
  • Hearty Soup: Serve a bowl of tomato basil or butternut squash soup for a cozy, filling combination.
Side view of cooked veggies and sausage.

🍽 More Sheetpan Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Sheet Pan Veggies And Sausage.

Sheet Pan Veggies And Sausage

Angela Milnes
This Sheet Pan Veggies and Sausage recipe is a one-pan wonder—easy, colorful, and packed with flavor! Perfect for busy weeknights or a no-fuss family dinner.
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Course Main Course
Cuisine American
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 458 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • ½ lb. Smoked Andouille Sausage Cut Into ½” Thick Slices
  • 3 tbsp. Olive Oil
  • 1 Head Broccoli
  • 1 lb. Petite Gold Potatoes
  • 1 Red Onion Medium
  • 1 Red Bell Pepper
  • 1 Orange Bell Pepper
  • 1 tsp. Italian Seasoning
  • 1 tsp. Garlic Powder
  • ½ tsp. Salt
  • ½ tsp. Pepper
  • ¼ tsp. Parmesan Cheese Shredded

Instructions
 

  • Prep the veggies—cut broccoli into florets, chop bell peppers and onion into 1” bite-sized pieces, and halve the potatoes.
  • Preheat the oven to 425°F. Line a 9x13” (or larger) baking sheet with aluminum foil. Add the prepared veggies and sausage to the sheet pan.
  • Drizzle olive oil over the pan. Sprinkle the seasonings on top. Toss everything well to coat and spread it in an even layer.
  • Bake uncovered in the oven for 20 minutes, or until the potatoes are tender.
  • Take the pan out of the oven and sprinkle with Parmesan cheese.
  • Serve warm with rice, if desired. Enjoy!

Notes

Even Crispiness: Toss the veggies and sausage halfway through baking to cook them evenly.
Parmesan Perfection: Use freshly grated Parmesan for better melting and richer taste.
Zesty Finish: Squeeze fresh lemon juice over everything after baking for a burst of brightness.

Nutrition

Calories: 458kcalCarbohydrates: 39gProtein: 18gFat: 28gSaturated Fat: 7gPolyunsaturated Fat: 4gMonounsaturated Fat: 15gTrans Fat: 0.1gCholesterol: 49mgSodium: 767mgPotassium: 1356mgFiber: 9gSugar: 8gVitamin A: 2863IUVitamin C: 236mgCalcium: 128mgIron: 4mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Delicious Recipes To Try:

Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken With Green Beans

by

Looking for an easy dinner idea? This Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken With Green Beans is the answer! Packed with bold flavors, tender chicken, and crisp green beans, this one-pan wonder makes cleanup a breeze. Perfect for busy weeknights or when you’re craving takeout-style flavors at home!

Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken With Green Beans.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

If you're a fan of sheet pan recipes be sure to check out the following dishes: Sheet Pan Veggies And Sausage, Sheet Pan Thai Chicken With Lime Wheels, Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas, Sheet Pan Nacho Chips, Best Sheet Pan BBQ Chicken Recipe and Sheet Pan Spanish Roast Potatoes.

Why This Recipe Works

  • Easy and Convenient: With everything cooked on one pan, this recipe means less prep, fewer dishes, and more time to enjoy your meal.
  • Takeout-Inspired Flavors: The savory, slightly sweet, and garlicky sauce brings those classic Chinese flavors right to your table.
  • Healthy and Delicious: Tender chicken and crisp green beans make for a balanced and satisfying meal you can feel great about serving your family.

🥘Ingredients

Chinese Chicken and Green Bean Sheet Pan Ingredients.
  • Boneless skinless chicken breasts: The protein-packed star of this Chinese-inspired sheet pan recipe, cubed for quick and even cooking.
  • Frozen green beans: A versatile and crisp veggie that roasts beautifully alongside chicken.
  • Onion: Adds a savory sweetness, complementing the other ingredients in this flavorful sheet pan dish.
  • Red bell pepper: Sweet and colorful, enhancing the vibrancy and taste of this Asian-style dinner.
  • Liquid aminos: A healthy, soy-free substitute for soy sauce, adding a savory kick.
  • Rice wine vinegar: Brings a light tanginess to balance the flavors perfectly in this easy recipe.
  • Sesame oil: Infuses the dish with a rich, nutty essence, elevating its authenticity.
  • Swerve Brown Sugar alternative: A low-calorie sweetener that caramelizes beautifully in this sheet pan chicken recipe.
  • Ground ginger: Provides a warm, spicy undertone essential to Asian-inspired dishes.
  • Garlic powder: Delivers a robust, savory depth to the marinade.
  • Red pepper flakes: Adds a gentle heat, enhancing the complexity of flavors in this healthy meal.
  • Toasted sesame seeds: A nutty, crunchy garnish to finish this Chinese chicken sheet pan recipe with style.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • No liquid aminos? No worries! Swap in regular soy sauce for that same savory kick. Out of Swerve?
  • Classic brown sugar works just as well, bringing those sweet, caramelized vibes to the sauce!

🔪How To Make Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken

making sauce for Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken With Green Beans.
  1. Step 1: In a small bowl or mason jar, combine the liquid aminos, rice wine vinegar, sesame oil, brown sugar alternative, ground ginger, garlic powder, and red pepper flakes. Place the cubed chicken in a zip-top freezer bag or a large bowl.
stir fry chicken in a skillet.
  1. Step 2: Pour half of the prepared marinade over the chicken and toss to coat evenly. Allow the chicken to marinate on the countertop while preparing the vegetables and preheating the oven.
Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken.
  1. Step 3: Preheat oven to 425 degrees. Prepare a rimmed baking sheet with aluminum foil (for easier cleanup) spritzed with non-stick cooking spray. Remove chicken from the marinade and place on a baking sheet, spacing evenly. Add vegetables around the chicken. Pour the remaining sauce over the chicken and vegetables.
Cooked Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken.
  1. Step 4: Bake for 15 minutes, turning chicken and vegetables halfway, or until chicken is cooked through. Enjoy your flavorful and easy Chinese Chicken and Green Bean Sheet Pan dinner!
Cooked Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken with green beans.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Marinate for Maximum Flavor: Let the chicken marinate for at least 15-20 minutes, or longer if time permits, to enhance the depth of flavor in the dish.
  • Cut Evenly: Chop the chicken and vegetables into uniform sizes to ensure even cooking and avoid overcooking smaller pieces.
  • Avoid Overcrowding the Pan: Spread the chicken and vegetables in a single layer to allow proper roasting and prevent steaming.
  • Monitor Cooking Time: Chicken cooks quickly; check for doneness after 12 minutes to avoid drying out.

💭 FAQs

Can I use frozen green beans instead of fresh ones?

Yes, you can use frozen green beans in this recipe. However, it's best to thaw them first and pat them dry to remove excess moisture. This helps achieve better roasting results and prevents them from becoming too soft.

How long should I marinate the chicken for optimal flavor?

Marinating the chicken for at least 15-20 minutes enhances the dish's flavor. If time allows, marinating for a few hours or overnight can intensify the taste even more.

What can I serve alongside this dish to make it a complete meal?

This sheet pan meal pairs well with steamed rice or cauliflower rice for a low-carb option. Additionally, serving it with a simple Asian slaw or a cucumber salad can add freshness and crunch to your meal.

How should I store and reheat leftovers?

Store any leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3-4 days. To reheat, place them in a preheated oven at 350°F (175°C) until warmed through, or use a microwave for convenience.

Best Way to Store Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken With Green Beans

Refrigerate in an airtight container for 3-4 days; ensure sauce coats chicken and beans to maintain moisture. Freeze in individual portions for longer storage, but green beans may soften, reheat gently to retain texture.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite dishes to serve with Chinese chicken:

  • Steamed Jasmine Rice: A fragrant, fluffy base to soak up the flavorful sauce.
  • Garlic Rice: Infused with minced garlic, this rice dish complements the bold flavors of this dish.
  • Asian Slaw: A crunchy salad with a tangy sesame-ginger dressing adds a refreshing contrast.
  • Stir Fried Noodles: Tossed with a light soy-based sauce, these noodles enhance the meal's heartiness.
  • Cucumber and Seaweed Salad: A light, umami-packed side that balances the dish beautifully.
Cooked Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken with green beans.

🍽 More Chinese Inspired Dishes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken With Green Beans.

Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken With Green Beans

Angela Milnes
Introducing your new weeknight favorite—Sheet Pan Chinese Chicken with Green Beans! Succulent chicken coated in a tasty, savory Chinese-inspired sauce, paired with fresh, crisp green beans, all roasted together on one pan for easy cleanup. This meal is full of flavor, simple to make, and perfect for a quick, satisfying dinner
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
0 minutes
Total Time 25 minutes
Course Dinners
Cuisine American
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 367 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1-2 lb Boneless Skinless Chicken Breasts Cubed
  • 2 ounce Frozen Green Beans
  • 1 Onion Cut Into 1 Inch Pieces
  • 1 Red Bell Pepper Cut Into 1 Inch Pieces
  • ⅓ Cup Liquid Aminos
  • 1 tablespoon Rice Wine Vinegar Not Seasoned
  • 3 tablespoon Sesame Oil
  • ½ Cup Swerve Brown Sugar Alternative
  • 1 teaspoon Ground Ginger
  • 1 teaspoon Garlic Powder
  • ½ teaspoon Red Pepper Flakes
  • 1 tablespoon Toasted Sesame Seeds

Instructions
 

  • In a small bowl or mason jar, mix liquid aminos, rice wine vinegar, sesame oil, brown sugar alternative, ground ginger, garlic powder, and red pepper flakes.
  • Place cubed chicken in a zip-top bag or bowl. Pour half of the marinade over chicken, toss to coat, and marinate while preparing vegetables and preheating the oven.
  • Preheat oven to 425°F. Line a baking sheet with foil and spray with non-stick spray.
  • Remove chicken from marinade and arrange on the baking sheet with vegetables. Drizzle remaining marinade over the top.
  • Bake for 15 minutes, turning halfway, or until chicken is cooked through.
  • Serve and enjoy!

Notes

Marinate for Maximum Flavor: Let the chicken marinate for at least 15-20 minutes, or longer if time permits, to enhance the depth of flavor in the dish.
Cut Evenly: Chop the chicken and vegetables into uniform sizes to ensure even cooking and avoid overcooking smaller pieces.
Avoid Overcrowding the Pan: Spread the chicken and vegetables in a single layer to allow proper roasting and prevent steaming.
Monitor Cooking Time: Chicken cooks quickly; check for doneness after 12 minutes to avoid drying out.

Nutrition

Calories: 367kcalCarbohydrates: 34gProtein: 26gFat: 15gSaturated Fat: 2gPolyunsaturated Fat: 5gMonounsaturated Fat: 5gTrans Fat: 0.01gCholesterol: 73mgSodium: 147mgPotassium: 619mgFiber: 2gSugar: 30gVitamin A: 1138IUVitamin C: 43mgCalcium: 64mgIron: 1mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Try More Easy & Tasty Recipes:

Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas

by

Make dinner a breeze with Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas! Juicy chicken, colorful peppers, and onions are perfectly seasoned and roasted together for an easy, flavorful meal. Serve with warm tortillas and your favorite toppings for a fajita night that’s simple, delicious, and family-approved!

Sheet pan Chicken Fajitas.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

We love Sheet Pan recipes and here are some of my favorites: Sheet Pan Veggies And Sausage, Sheet Pan Thai Chicken With Lime Wheels, and Sheet Pan BBQ Chicken.

Why This Recipe Works

  • One-Pan Wonder: Easy prep and cleanup make this a stress-free dinner option for busy nights.
  • Bursting with Flavor: Perfectly seasoned chicken and roasted veggies deliver restaurant-quality fajitas at home.
  • Customizable and Fun: Serve these Sheet Pan Fajitas with your favorite toppings for a meal everyone can personalize and enjoy!

🥘 Ingredients

Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas Ingredients.
  • Chicken: Protein-packed base of the sheet pan chicken fajitas, seasoned and roasted to perfection.
  • Green, Red, Orange, and Yellow Bell Peppers: Add sweetness, color, and crunch.
  • Red Onion: Lends a slightly sweet and sharp flavor to the sheet pan chicken fajitas.
  • Olive Oil: Helps the seasoning stick and adds richness.
  • Jalapeños: Provides a spicy kick to the dish.
  • Lime: Adds fresh, tangy brightness to enhance flavors.
  • Flour Tortillas: Soft, warm wraps that hold the sheet pan chicken fajitas mixture.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Ditch the tortillas and pile your fajitas over lettuce or cauliflower rice for a low-carb, keto-friendly twist!
  • Swap chicken for shrimp or fish—just bake for 10-12 minutes to keep it perfectly tender.
  • Craving extra indulgence? Melt some shredded cheese on top during the last few minutes for a gooey, cheesy finish!

🔪How To Make Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas

Chicken strips seasoned in a bowl.
  1. Step 1: Preheat your oven to 425°F (220°C). In a bowl, combine all fajita seasonings with 1 tablespoon of olive oil and mix well. Add the chicken strips, bell peppers, onions, and jalapeños to the bowl. Stir until evenly coated with the seasoning mixture.
Seasoned chicken strips layered in a sheet pan, along with sliced veggies.
  1. Step 2: Arrange the chicken in the center of a sheet pan, ensuring it isn’t overcrowded, and spread the vegetables along the edges of the pan.
Tortillas wrapped in foil.
  1. Step 3: Wrap the tortillas in foil.
baking chicken strips and tortillas.
  1. Step 4: Bake the chicken strips for 15 minutes. During the last 5 minutes, place the wrapped tortillas in the oven to warm.
Chicken fajitas in a serving tray.
  1. Step 5: Once done, squeeze fresh lime juice over the entire pan.
Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas Served On Warm Tortillas.
  1. Step 6: Scoop the chicken and vegetables into tortillas and serve.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Even Sizing: Slice chicken and vegetables into uniform sizes to ensure even cooking.
  • Avoid Overcrowding: Spread ingredients out on the pan for crispy edges and proper roasting.
  • Warm Tortillas Properly: Wrapping tortillas in foil keeps them soft and pliable without drying out.

💭 FAQs

What’s The Best Cut Of Chicken For Fajitas?

Chicken breast or thigh strips work equally well. Thighs are juicier, while breasts are leaner and cook faster.

Can I Make These Fajitas In Advance?

Yes, prep the ingredients and store them in the fridge. Bake fresh when ready to serve for the best flavor.

Can I Cook Sheet Pan Fajitas On The Grill?

Yes! Use a grill-safe tray or foil and cook on medium-high heat until the chicken is fully cooked and veggies are tender.

How To Store Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas

Allow the sheet pan chicken fajitas mixture to cool completely before storing. Transfer it to an airtight container and refrigerate for up to 3 days.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite sides to serve sheet pan fajitas

  • Homemade Guacamole: Creamy avocado dip with lime and cilantro pairs perfectly with sheet pan chicken fajitas.
  • Strawberry Jalapeno Salsa: Fresh tomato, onion, and cilantro salsa adds brightness to the fajitas.
  • Sour Cream: A dollop of sour cream cools down the spices in the sheet pan chicken fajitas.
  • Mexican Rice: Fluffy, seasoned rice complements the bold flavors of the dish.
  • Queso Dip: A cheesy dip to drizzle over the sheet pan chicken fajitas or enjoy as a side.
  • Cilantro Lime Slaw: Crunchy slaw with zesty lime dressing for a refreshing side dish.
Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas Ready To Serve.

🍽 Easy Sheetpan Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas.

Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas

Angela Milnes
These quick and flavorful Sheet Pan Chicken Fajitas are a lifesaver for busy nights! Juicy chicken, colorful veggies, and warm tortillas—all ready in 25 minutes!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 25 minutes
Course Main Course
Cuisine Mexican
Servings 10 Servings
Calories 192 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 lb. Chicken Cut Into Thin Strips
  • ½ Green Bell Pepper Thinly Sliced
  • ½ Red Bell Pepper Thinly Sliced
  • ½ Yellow Bell Pepper Thinly Sliced
  • ½ Orange Bell Pepper Thinly Sliced
  • ½ Red Onion Thinly Sliced
  • 1 tbsp. Olive Oil
  • 2 Jalapeno Deseeded, Diced
  • 1 Lime
  • 10 Flour Tortillas  6” Size

Instructions
 

  • Preheat your oven to 425°F (220°C). In a bowl, combine all fajita seasonings with 1 tablespoon of olive oil and mix well. Add the chicken strips, bell peppers, onions, and jalapeños to the bowl. Stir until evenly coated with the seasoning mixture.
  • Arrange the chicken in the center of a sheet pan, ensuring it isn’t overcrowded, and spread the vegetables along the edges of the pan.
  • Wrap the tortillas in foil.
  • Bake for 15 minutes. During the last 5 minutes, wrap the tortillas in foil and place them in the oven to warm.
  • Once done, squeeze fresh lime juice over the entire pan.
  • Scoop the chicken and vegetables into tortillas and serve.

Notes

Even Sizing: Slice chicken and vegetables into uniform sizes to ensure even cooking.
Avoid Overcrowding: Spread ingredients out on the pan for crispy edges and proper roasting.
Warm Tortillas Properly: Wrapping tortillas in foil keeps them soft and pliable without drying out.

Nutrition

Calories: 192kcalCarbohydrates: 18gProtein: 14gFat: 7gSaturated Fat: 2gPolyunsaturated Fat: 2gMonounsaturated Fat: 3gCholesterol: 34mgSodium: 256mgPotassium: 211mgFiber: 2gSugar: 2gVitamin A: 459IUVitamin C: 37mgCalcium: 55mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Recipes Like This

Ground Turkey Pasta

by

Dinner just got a whole lot easier with this Ground Turkey Pasta! Juicy, flavorful turkey meets a hearty tomato sauce and perfectly cooked pasta for a dish that’s simple, satisfying, and family-approved. It’s the ultimate weeknight comfort meal!

Ground turkey pasta in a plate.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why This Recipe Works

  • Healthy and Satisfying: Made with lean ground turkey and a rich tomato sauce, it’s a feel-good meal everyone will enjoy.
  • Quick and Easy: A delicious dinner on the table in under 30 minutes – perfect for those busy weeknights.
  • Family-Friendly Favorite: The hearty flavors and comforting pasta make it a guaranteed hit with kids and adults alike.

🥘 Ingredients

Ground Turkey Pasta Ingredients.
  • Crushed Tomatoes or Tomato Sauce: Serve as the flavorful base of the sauce, adding richness and tang to the dish.
  • Ground Turkey: Provides lean protein, making the pasta hearty and satisfying.
  • Spinach: Adds a nutritious boost and vibrant color, complementing the flavors with its mild taste.
  • Chopped Onion: Contributes sweetness and aromatic depth, enhancing the sauce's complexity.
  • Garlic: Infuses the dish with aromatic depth, elevating the savory notes.
  • Parmesan: Adds richness and a creamy texture, finishing the pasta with a savory touch.
  • Penne Pasta: Offers structure and a perfect base, readily absorbing the sauce and flavors.
  • Oregano: Introduces a warm, earthy flavor, adding a classic Italian touch to the dish.
  • Black Pepper: Provides a subtle spice, enhancing the overall flavor profile with a mild heat.
  • Salt: Essential for seasoning, bringing out the natural flavors of all the ingredients.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Turkey Bolognese keeps it light but rich with garlic, onions, and slow-simmered tomatoes.
  • Spice things up with a fiery turkey arrabbiata—red pepper flakes bring the heat!
  • Creamy turkey Alfredo swaps red sauce for a velvety, cheesy upgrade with spinach or mushrooms.

🔪How To Make Ground Turkey Pasta

Cooking turkey in a pan.
  1. Step 1: Add onion and garlic to the pan. You can cook using olive oil or add water. Add turkey and spices. Cook for 5-7 minutes.
Penne in a pot.
  1. Step 2: Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Add the penne pasta and cook according to package instructions.
Cooked turkey and penne in a cooking pot.
  1. Step 3: Add sauce, turkey, and spinach to the pasta.
Mixing sauce with cooked turkey and penne in a pot.
  1. Step 4: Mix. If desired, simmer for up to 5 minutes. Serve with Parmesan cheese.
Ground turkey pasta served in a plate.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Cook Evenness: Use a non-stick skillet to ensure the turkey cooks evenly and doesn't stick.
  • Pasta Cooking Precision: Cook the penne until just al dente to prevent it from becoming mushy when mixed with the sauce and turkey. Reserve some pasta water to adjust the sauce's consistency if needed.
  • Plating Techniques: Use tongs to twirl pasta into nests on plates for an elegant presentation.

💭 FAQs

Can I Use Canned Pasta Sauce?

Yes, but enhance it with sautéed onion, garlic, and fresh herbs like oregano and basil for a homemade taste.

Can I Make This Dish Ahead Of Time?

Yes, you can cook the pasta and turkey mixture ahead. Combine them just before reheating to prevent the pasta from soaking up too much sauce.

Can I Add Vegetables To This Dish?

Yes! Spinach, bell peppers, zucchini, or mushrooms are great additions to boost nutrition and flavor.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite dishes to serve with ground turkey pasta:

  • Garlic Bread: Crispy and buttery, garlic bread is a classic choice that adds a satisfying crunch to your pasta dish.
  • Roasted Vegetables: Oven-roasted vegetables like carrots, zucchini, and bell peppers bring a pop of color and a healthy balance to the meal.
  • Caprese Salad: Featuring fresh mozzarella, tomatoes, and basil drizzled with balsamic glaze, this salad complements the pasta’s flavors beautifully.
  • Asparagus: Lightly steamed asparagus seasoned with lemon and olive oil offers a simple and elegant side dish.
  • Mango Arugula Salad: Toss arugula with olive oil, lemon juice, and shaved Parmesan for a peppery and tangy accompaniment.
Ground turkey pasta served in a plate with fork.

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Ground Turkey Pasta.

Ground Turkey Pasta

Angela Milnes
Quick, hearty Ground Turkey Pasta packed with flavor! A family-friendly dinner ready in no time—perfect for busy weeknights!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 35 minutes
Course Main Course
Cuisine American
Servings 3 Servings
Calories 392 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 Cup Tomato Sauce Or Crushed Tomatoes
  • 1 Cup Ground  Turkey
  • 1 Cup Spinach
  • ½ Cup Chopped Onion
  • 2 Garlic Cloves
  • 3 tbsp. Parmesan
  • 1 ½ Cup Penne Pasta
  • 1 tsp. Oregano
  • ¼ tsp. Black Pepper
  • ¼ tsp. Salt

Instructions
 

  • Add onion and garlic to the pan. You can cook using olive oil or adding water. Add turkey and spices. Cook for 5-7 minutes.
  • Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Add the penne pasta and cook according to package instructions.
  • Add sauce, turkey, and spinach to the pasta.
  • Mix. If desired, simmer for up to 5 minutes. Serve with Parmesan cheese.

Notes

Cook Evenness: Use a non-stick skillet to ensure the turkey cooks evenly and doesn't stick.
Pasta Cooking Precision: Cook the penne until just al dente to prevent it from becoming mushy when mixed with the sauce and turkey. Reserve some pasta water to adjust the sauce's consistency if needed.
Plating Techniques: Use tongs to twirl pasta into nests on plates for an elegant presentation.

Nutrition

Calories: 392kcalCarbohydrates: 52gProtein: 32gFat: 7gSaturated Fat: 3gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 2gTrans Fat: 0.01gCholesterol: 51mgSodium: 835mgPotassium: 732mgFiber: 5gSugar: 6gVitamin A: 1456IUVitamin C: 11mgCalcium: 248mgIron: 3mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Turkey Recipes To Try

Best Four Bean Salad Recipe

by

Fresh, vibrant, and bursting with flavor, this Four Bean Salad is the perfect side dish for any meal! Packed with a mix of beans, crisp veggies, and a tangy dressing, it’s a quick and easy recipe that’s great for picnics, potlucks, or meal prep. Simple, healthy, and so satisfying!

Bean Salad In A Bowl.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why This Recipe Works

  • Quick and Easy: Comes together in minutes with no cooking required—perfect for busy days.
  • Great for Any Occasion: Ideal for picnics, potlucks, or as a make-ahead side dish for meal prep.
  • Flavor-Packed and Healthy: A tangy dressing and mix of beans and veggies make this a satisfying, wholesome addition to any meal!

🥘 Ingredients

  • Kidney Beans: Add a hearty texture and mild, earthy flavor to the bean salad.
  • Black Beans: Contribute a creamy texture and rich, nutty taste.
  • Great Northern Beans: Provide a tender, delicate addition to this vibrant salad.
  • Garbanzo Beans: Bring a slightly nutty flavor and firm bite for extra variety.
  • Grape Tomatoes: Offer a burst of juiciness and sweet acidity, perfect for the bean salad.
  • Red Onion: Adds a sharp, tangy crunch for contrast.
  • Cilantro: Introduces a fresh, citrusy herbal note.
  • Parsley: Adds brightness and a clean, earthy flavor.
  • Garlic: Infuses the bean salad with a bold, savory aroma.
  • Cayenne: Adds a subtle heat to enhance the overall flavor of the bean salad.
  • Salt: Balances and elevates the natural flavors in the ingredients.
  • Pepper: Brings a touch of warmth and mild spice.
  • Balsamic Vinaigrette: Combines sweet and tangy notes for a perfect dressing.
  • Extra Virgin Olive Oil: Adds richness and helps blend the flavors beautifully.
  • Lemon Juice: Lends a refreshing zing to complete the dish.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Give it a Mediterranean makeover with feta, kalamata olives, cucumber, and a sprinkle of oregano—fresh and flavorful!
  • Spice things up with diced jalapeños, red chili flakes, and a splash of hot sauce for a fiery kick. Craving something creamy?
  • Swap the vinaigrette for a yogurt-based dressing and mix in fresh dill for a cool, tangy twist!

🔪How To Make Bean Salad

Four Bean Salad In Process.

Step One: In a large bowl, mix together the kidney beans, black beans, great northern beans, and garbanzo beans.

Tomatoes And Onions In A Mixing Bowl.

Step Two: Stir in the grape tomatoes and red onions.

Mixing Bean Salad Ingredients In A Bowl.

Step Three: Stir in the balsamic vinaigrette, extra virgin olive oil, lemon juice, and spices (salt, pepper, and cayenne). Mix thoroughly. Sprinkle with freshly chopped cilantro and parsley for added flavor and freshness.

Bean Salad In A Bowl.

Step Four: Serve immediately and enjoy your vibrant, nutritious Bean Salad!

Bean Salad In A Serving Bowl.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Rinse and Drain the Beans: Rinse canned beans thoroughly under cold water to remove excess sodium and improve flavor.
  • Chop Evenly: Dice the onions and halve the tomatoes uniformly for consistent bites.
  • Balance Acidity: If the salad tastes too tangy, add a pinch of sugar or honey to balance the flavors.

💭 FAQs

What Types Of Beans Are Best For Bean Salad?

Use a variety like kidney beans, black beans, and garbanzo beans. Mixing textures and colors enhances flavor and appearance.

Can I Make Bean Salad Ahead Of Time?

Yes, it’s even better if made a day ahead. The flavors meld as it marinate in the dressing.

How Do I Make Bean Salad Healthier?

Use less oil, skip sugar, and add more fresh vegetables like cucumbers, bell peppers, or carrots.

How To Store Bean Salad

Store leftover Bean Salad in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3-4 days. Before serving again, give the salad a good stir as the dressing may settle at the bottom. Avoid freezing as the texture of the beans and vegetables may become mushy.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are some delicious dishes to serve with bean salad:

  • Baked Honey Garlic Chicken: A simple, savory protein option that complements the salad's freshness.
  • Garlic Bread: Warm, buttery bread to soak up the delicious dressing.
  • Plantain Tortilla Chips: Crunchy chips add a fun textural contrast and are perfect for scooping.
  • Instant Pot Fish Tacos: The salad's tangy dressing pairs wonderfully with the light, flaky fish.
  • Jalapeno Cornbread: Sweet and crumbly, it balances the salad's acidity beautifully.
Bean Salad In A Serving Bowl.

🍽 Try These Mediterranean Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Best Four Bean Salad recipe.

Bean Salad

Angela Milnes
This bean salad is a colorful mix of hearty beans, juicy tomatoes, and zesty spices, tossed in a tangy dressing. Perfect for quick meals or sharing at gatherings!
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Course Salad
Cuisine Asian, Mediterranean
Servings 10 Servings
Calories 298 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 15 oz. Kidney Beans
  • 15 oz. Black Beans
  • 15 oz. Great Northern Beans
  • 15 oz. Garbanzo Beans
  • 3 Cups Grape Tomatoes Halved
  • 2 Cups Red Onion Diced
  • 2 tbsp. Cilantro Chopped
  • 2 tbsp. Parsley Chopped
  • 1 tbsp. Garlic Chopped
  • ¼ tsp. Cayenne
  • ½ tsp. Salt
  • ½ tsp. Pepper
  • 3 tbsp. Balsamic Vinaigrette
  • 2 tbsp. Extra Virgin Olive Oil
  • 3 tbsp. Lemon Juice

Instructions
 

  • In a large bowl, mix together the kidney beans, black beans, great northern beans, and garbanzo beans.
  • Stir in the grape tomatoes and red onions.
  • Stir in the balsamic vinaigrette, extra virgin olive oil, lemon juice, and spices (salt, pepper, and cayenne). Mix thoroughly. Sprinkle with freshly chopped cilantro and parsley for added flavor and freshness.
  • Serve immediately and enjoy your Bean Salad!

Notes

Rinse and Drain the Beans: Rinse canned beans thoroughly under cold water to remove excess sodium and improve flavor.
Chop Evenly: Dice the onions and halve the tomatoes uniformly for consistent bites.
Balance Acidity: If the salad tastes too tangy, add a pinch of sugar or honey to balance the flavors.

Nutrition

Calories: 298kcalCarbohydrates: 47gProtein: 15gFat: 6gSaturated Fat: 1gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 2gSodium: 148mgPotassium: 796mgFiber: 14gSugar: 5gVitamin A: 889IUVitamin C: 17mgCalcium: 89mgIron: 5mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Salad Recipes To Try:

Best Banana Yogurt Ice Cream (With Papaya)

by

This Banana Yogurt Ice Cream blends ripe banana, tropical papaya, and creamy Greek yogurt into a refreshing, guilt-free treat—no fancy tools required!

Papaya Banana Yogurt Ice Cream with Cashews.

If you're craving something sweet, tropical, and healthy-ish, you're going to love this. Frozen yogurt-style treats are trending hard right now, and this one is packed with natural sweetness and summer vibes. Plus, it's an awesome way to use up ripe bananas and papaya without tossing them.

If you're into healthy frozen treats, you might also love my Pineapple Coconut Popsicles With Lime, Greek Yogurt Chia Pudding With Raspberries, or Chocolate Covered Bananas.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Tropical flavor bomb: Papaya + banana + yogurt = flavor vacation.
  • No churn needed: Just blend and freeze—so easy.
  • Naturally sweet: No refined sugar needed if your fruit is ripe!

⭐ Star Ingredients

Papaya Banana Yogurt Ice-Cream Ingredients.
  • Papaya: Choose a soft, ripe papaya for that floral-sweet tropical flavor. Bonus: it’s packed with antioxidants and vitamin C.
  • Banana: Overripe bananas bring creaminess and natural sweetness—no extra sugar required.
  • Greek Yogurt: Adds that creamy, tangy base while giving you a protein boost. I love using vanilla or unsweetened for a clean, rich flavor.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Use coconut yogurt for a dairy-free tropical version.
  • Add lime zest for zing, or cinnamon for warmth.
  • Toss in strawberries or mango to mix up the fruit flavors.
  • Blend in protein powder for a post-workout snack that tastes like dessert.
  • For chocolate lovers: swirl in cocoa powder or a drizzle of melted dark chocolate!

Want more fruity frozen fun? Try my Strawberry Lemon Popsicles or Berry Granola Bites for easy summer snacks!

🔪How To Make Banana Yogurt Ice Cream With Papaya

Papaya Banana Yogurt Icecream mixture in a food processor.
  1. Step 1: Add Greek yogurt, honey into a blender bowl.
Papaya Banana Yogurt Icecream mixture in a food processor.
  1. Step 2: Add protein powder, all of the papaya and banana.
Papaya Banana Yogurt Icecream mixture in a food processor.
  1. Step 3: Grind until a homogeneous mass is obtained.
pouring Papaya Banana Yogurt Ice cream into a container.
  1. Step 4: Pour into a mold and freeze. Sprinkle with chopped cashews and serve.

💡Hint: Want a soft-serve vibe? Skip the freeze and enjoy it straight from the blender!

Papaya Banana Yogurt Ice cream served in a bowl.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Use ripe fruits: The riper your papaya and bananas, the sweeter and creamier your ice cream will taste. Overripe fruits add natural sweetness, reducing the need for added sugar.
  • Smoothness matters: For the smoothest texture, blend the mixture well, ensuring there are no chunks. A high-speed blender works best.
  • Serve immediately for a soft-serve texture: If you prefer a soft-serve consistency, serve it right after blending without freezing it.
Papaya Banana Yogurt Ice cream served in a bowl.

💭 FAQs

Can I make this banana yogurt ice cream dairy-free?

Yes! Use coconut or almond yogurt instead of Greek yogurt—it’ll still be creamy and delicious.

How long will yogurt ice cream last in the freezer?

Store in an airtight container for up to 2 weeks. Place parchment on top to avoid freezer burn.

Can I make banana yogurt ice cream without a blender?

You'll need at least a food processor or immersion blender to get a smooth consistency.

Best way to store papaya banana yogurt ice cream?

Airtight container, coldest freezer part, parchment paper; consume within two weeks. Minimize temperature fluctuations by limiting freezer door openings. For softer scoops, let it sit at room temperature briefly before serving.

💖 Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite ways to serve Yogurt Ice Cream.

  • Pecan Pie: For something indulgent, serve the ice cream with a small slice of pecan pie, providing a balance of sweet and nutty flavors.
  • Tropical Fruit Salad: Serve a fresh tropical fruit salad alongside your ice cream for an extra burst of refreshing flavors.
  • Chia Pudding: A light and nutritious chia pudding can complement the ice cream as a healthy dessert pairing.
  • Berry Granola Bites: Add your ice cream to delicious berry granola bites for a crunchy dessert.
  • Oatmeal Cookies: Pair with chewy oatmeal cookies for a wholesome treat that complements the ice cream’s creamy texture.
Papaya Banana Yogurt Ice cream served in a bowl.

🍽 More Easy Desserts To Enjoy

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Papaya Banana Yogurt Ice Cream with Cashews.

Papaya Banana Yogurt Ice-Cream

Angela Milnes
This creamy, refreshing ice cream is made with ripe papaya, banana, and yogurt, blended into a smooth, healthy treat. It’s naturally sweet, full of tropical flavors, and a cool, guilt-free dessert for warm days!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Freezing Time 2 hours
Total Time 2 hours 5 minutes
Course Dessert, Snack
Cuisine American
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 195 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 ½ Papaya Diced
  • 2 Bananas
  • 1 ¼ Cup Greek Yogurt
  • ¼ Cup Protein Powder
  • 1-2 tablespoon Honey
  • 1-2 tablespoon Cashew

Instructions
 

  • Add Greek yogurt and honey to a blender bowl.
  • Add protein powder, papaya, and banana to the bowl.
  • Blend until smooth and well combined.
  • Pour the mixture into a mold and freeze until set.
  • Once frozen, sprinkle with chopped cashews and serve. Enjoy!

Notes

Use ripe fruits: The riper your papaya and bananas, the sweeter and creamier your ice cream will taste. Overripe fruits add natural sweetness, reducing the need for added sugar.
Smoothness matters: For the smoothest texture, blend the mixture well, ensuring there are no chunks. A high-speed blender works best.
Serve immediately for a soft-serve texture: If you prefer a soft-serve consistency, serve it right after blending without freezing it.

Nutrition

Calories: 195kcalCarbohydrates: 35gProtein: 12gFat: 2gSaturated Fat: 1gPolyunsaturated Fat: 0.3gMonounsaturated Fat: 1gTrans Fat: 0.003gCholesterol: 17mgSodium: 50mgPotassium: 554mgFiber: 4gSugar: 23gVitamin A: 1123IUVitamin C: 75mgCalcium: 131mgIron: 1mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Tropical Papaya Berry Bircher With Chia Seeds

by

Start your day with a tropical twist! This Papaya Berry Bircher is creamy, refreshing, and loaded with vibrant papaya and juicy berries. It's the perfect make-ahead breakfast that feels like a little vacation in every bite!

Tropical Papaya Berry Bircher With Chia Seeds.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why This Recipe Works

  • Tropical and Refreshing: The sweet papaya and tangy berries create a vibrant flavor combo that's perfect for brightening up your morning.
  • Easy Make-Ahead Meal: Prep Tropical Berry Bircher the night before and wake up to a ready-to-eat, wholesome breakfast.
  • Customizable and Nutritious: Add your favorite toppings or mix-ins for a breakfast tailored to your taste.

🌴Ingredients

Papaya Berry Bircher Ingredients.
  • Blackberry: Adds a burst of flavor and antioxidants to the dish.
  • Almond milk: A dairy-free milk option that provides a smooth, nutty base for the bircher.
  • Yogurt: Creamy texture and tangy flavor, perfect for blending with the other ingredients.
  • Walnuts: Add a crunchy texture and provide healthy fats.
  • Oatmeal: The main base of the dish, offering fiber and a hearty texture.
  • Apple: Provides sweetness and a crisp contrast to the soft oats and creamy yogurt.
  • Chia seeds: Great for adding thickness and boosting the nutritional value to papaya berry bircher.
  • Papaya: A tropical fruit that brings a sweet, juicy, and slightly citrusy flavor to the bircher.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Stir in cocoa powder and top with dark chocolate shavings for a rich, chocolatey treat.
  • Swap papaya for mango and mix in shredded coconut for a tropical vibe that tastes like sunshine.
  • Go all-in on berries with a mix of raspberries, blueberries, and blackberries for a juicy, flavor-packed bite.
  • Add some crunch with chopped almonds, walnuts, or a drizzle of almond butter—because texture is everything!
  • A splash of orange juice and a little zest bring a citrusy pop that’ll wake up your taste buds.

🔪How To Make Papaya Berry Bircher

adding chia seeds to bowl.
  1. Step 1: In a mixing bowl, stir together the yogurt and chia seeds.
combine chopped walnuts and oats.
  1. Step 2: Mix in the chopped walnuts and oatmeal. Stir until all ingredients are well combined.
combine grated apple and berries.
  1. Step 3: Add grated apple and blackberries to the mixture. Stir to combine, ensuring that the fruit is evenly spread throughout.
Add Papaya bircher to bowls.
  1. Step 4: Scoop the mixture into individual bowls, jars, or glasses. Add fresh papaya cubes and extra berries on top and serve.
Side View of Papaya Berry Bircher.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Soak for extra creaminess: Let the bircher sit in the fridge for at least 30 minutes or overnight to allow the oats to soften and the chia seeds to absorb the liquid for a creamier texture.
  • Sweeten to taste: Adjust the sweetness by adding a drizzle of honey, maple syrup, or agave nectar, especially if you prefer a sweeter breakfast.

💭 FAQs

Can I Make Papaya Berry Bircher Ahead Of Time?

Yes, you can prepare Papaya Berry Bircher the night before. Just follow the recipe and store it in the fridge overnight. The oats and chia seeds will soften, and the flavors will meld together, making it even tastier by the next morning. You can also top it with fresh papaya and berries just before serving.

Is This Recipe Suitable For Vegans?

Papaya Berry Bircher can be made vegan by using dairy-free yogurt (such as coconut or soy-based) and almond milk. It’s a versatile recipe that can easily be adapted for a plant-based diet.

Can I Use Frozen Fruit For This Recipe?

While fresh fruit is ideal for this recipe, you can use frozen fruit as a substitute, particularly for berries. Just make sure to thaw the fruit slightly before mixing it in so that it doesn’t release too much moisture into the bircher mixture.

How Do I Make Papaya Berry Bircher More Filling?

If you’d like to make Papaya Berry Bircher more filling, you can add extra ingredients such as a scoop of protein powder, a tablespoon of nut butter (like almond or peanut butter), or an extra serving of nuts or seeds. These additions will boost the protein and healthy fat content.

🧂Serving Suggestions

Papaya Berry Bircher is perfect for:

  • Brunch: Serve it as part of a brunch spread for a light, fruity option alongside savory dishes.
  • Breakfast: Start your day with a refreshing and energizing meal that’s quick and nutritious.
  • On-the-Go Snacks: Pack it in a jar for a healthy snack during busy days or while traveling.
Papaya Berry Bircher.

🍽 More Fruity Dessert Ideas

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Tropical Papaya Berry Bircher With Chia Seeds.

Papaya Berry Bircher

Angela Milnes
A refreshing, nutritious breakfast made with rolled oats, creamy yogurt, and a mix of fresh papaya and berries. The perfect balance of fruit, fiber, and protein to start your day
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Course Breakfast, Snack
Cuisine American
Servings 3 Servings
Calories 268 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • ¼ Cup Blackberry
  • ¼ Cup Almond Milk
  • 1 Cup Yogurt
  • ¼ Cup Walnuts
  • 1 Cup Oatmeal
  • 1 Apple
  • 3 tablespoon Chia Seeds
  • ½ Cup Papaya

Instructions
 

  • In a mixing bowl, stir together yogurt and chia seeds.
  • Mix in chopped walnuts and oatmeal. Stir until all ingredients are well combined.
  • Add grated apple and blackberries to the mixture. Stir to ensure the fruit is evenly distributed.
  • Scoop the mixture into individual bowls, jars, or glasses. Top with fresh papaya cubes and extra berries. Serve and enjoy!

Notes

Soak for extra creaminess: Let the bircher sit in the fridge for at least 30 minutes or overnight to allow the oats to soften and the chia seeds to absorb the liquid for a creamier texture.
Sweeten to taste: Adjust the sweetness by adding a drizzle of honey, maple syrup, or agave nectar, especially if you prefer a sweeter breakfast.

Nutrition

Calories: 268kcalCarbohydrates: 30gProtein: 13gFat: 12gSaturated Fat: 1gPolyunsaturated Fat: 8gMonounsaturated Fat: 2gTrans Fat: 0.02gCholesterol: 3mgSodium: 59mgPotassium: 367mgFiber: 9gSugar: 11gVitamin A: 291IUVitamin C: 20mgCalcium: 203mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Try More Healthy & Tasty Recipes

Tropical Papaya Berry Bircher With Chia Seeds on a spoon.

Chicken Stuffed With Spinach And Dates

by

Take your taste buds on a journey with this Chicken Stuffed with Spinach and Dates! Juicy chicken breasts are filled with tender spinach and naturally sweet dates for a dish that’s wholesome, flavorful, and perfect for any occasion.

Chicken Stuffed With Spinach And dates
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why This Recipe Works

  • Sweet and Savory Goodness: The sweetness of dates and the earthy flavor of spinach create a unique and satisfying pairing.
  • Healthy and Wholesome: This Stuffed Chicken is packed with nutrient-rich ingredients, it’s a delicious way to enjoy a balanced meal.
  • Simple Elegance: Easy to prepare yet impressive on the plate—perfect for both weeknights and dinner parties.

This tasty recipe will go great with my favorite Beet and Sweet Potato Salad.

🥘 Ingredients

Spinach Stuffed Chicken Ingredients.
  • Onion: Adds sweetness and depth to the filling when sautéed.
  • Garlic: Enhances the stuffing with its aromatic flavor.
  • Dates: Introduce a natural sweetness that complements the savory ingredients.
  • Spinach: Provides a nutrient-packed base for the stuffing.
  • Cumin: Adds a warm, earthy spice to the filling.
  • Chicken breast: Acts as the vessel for the flavorful stuffing.
  • Honey: Glazes the chicken with a touch of sweetness during baking.
  • Salt: Enhances the overall flavor of the dish.
  • Black pepper: Adds a mild heat to balance the sweetness and savoriness.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Love a little heat? Toss in red pepper flakes or jalapeños for a spicy kick!
  • Mix it up with different greens—kale, Swiss chard, or arugula all bring their own tasty twist.
  • No dates? No problem! Swap in raisins, dried apricots, or figs for that sweet balance.

🔪How To Make Spinach Stuffed Chicken

Saute Onion in a skillet.
  1. Step 1: Chop the onion and sauté in a skillet with a little oil for 2 minutes until softened. Add minced garlic, cumin and chopped dates.
Cooked spinach in a skillet.
  1. Step 2: Add spinach and cook for another 2-3 minutes until the spinach wilts and the flavors combine.
stuffing Chicken breast with spinach and dates.
  1. Step 3: Rinse and pat dry the chicken breasts. Make a horizontal cut in each breast to create a pocket (like opening a book). Season the inside and outside with salt and black pepper. Fill each chicken breast pocket with the spinach-date mixture.
Cooked Chicken Stuffed With Spinach And dates in a baking dish.
  1. Step 4: Place the stuffed chicken breasts on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper. Drizzle honey over the top of each breast. Bake in a preheated oven at 350°F (175°C) for 20 minutes or until the chicken is cooked through and reaches an internal temperature of 165°F (74°C). Serve warm and enjoy!

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

If you're going to make stuffed chicken, be sure to follow these tips:

  • Slice smart! Keep that chicken pocket even so it holds all the good stuff and cooks like a dream.
  • Less is more—overstuffing = filling explosion. Leave a little room to keep things neat!
  • Got a stubborn chicken pocket? Toothpicks to the rescue! They keep everything tucked in where it belongs.
Cooked Chicken Stuffed With Spinach And dates on a plate.

💭 FAQs

Can I Use Frozen Spinach In This Recipe?

Yes, you can use frozen spinach, but make sure to thaw and drain it well before adding it to the stuffing mixture to avoid excess moisture.

How Can I Make Stuffed Chicken More Flavorful?

For more flavor, you can marinate the chicken breasts in a simple mixture of olive oil, lemon juice, garlic, and herbs for 30 minutes before stuffing and baking.

Can I Make Stuffed Chicken Ahead Of Time?

Yes, you can prepare the chicken breasts up to the point of stuffing and refrigerate them for up to 24 hours before baking. When you’re ready to cook, simply bake as directed.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite sides to serve with stuffed chicken.

  • Garlic Mashed Potatoes: Creamy mashed potatoes with a touch of garlic complement the savory chicken beautifully.
  • Wild Rice Pilaf: Nutty wild rice with cranberries and almonds adds texture and depth to the meal.
  • Cucumber Yogurt Dip: A cooling side that balances the warm spices in the stuffing.
  • Buttered Noodles: Simple yet flavorful, these work as a kid-friendly side for the dish.
  • Lemon Herb Couscous: A zesty, fluffy couscous with herbs to brighten the overall meal.
Cooked Chicken Stuffed With Spinach And dates on a plate.

🍽 More Super Tasty Chicken Dishes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Chicken Stuffed With Spinach And dates.

Chicken Stuffed With Spinach And dates

Angela Milnes
Chicken Stuffed with Spinach and Dates is a delicious combination of tender chicken, fresh spinach, and sweet dates. It's a simple yet flavorful dish that's sure to impress with its balance of savory and sweet.
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 35 minutes
Course Dinners, Lunch
Cuisine Mediterranean, Middle Eastern
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 250 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 Onion
  • 1 Garlic Clove
  • 3 Dates
  • 2 Cups Spinach
  • 1 teaspoon Cumin
  • 3-4 Chicken Breasts
  • 1 ½ tablespoon Honey
  • ½ teaspoon Salt
  • ¼ teaspoon Black pepper

Instructions
 

  • Chop the onion and sauté in a skillet with a little oil for 2 minutes until softened. Add minced garlic, cumin and chopped dates.
  • Add spinach and cook for another 2-3 minutes until the spinach wilts and the flavors combine.
  • Rinse and pat dry the chicken breasts. Make a horizontal cut in each breast to create a pocket (like opening a book). Season the inside and outside with salt and black pepper. Fill each chicken breast pocket with the spinach-date mixture.
  • Place the stuffed chicken breasts on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper. Drizzle honey over the top of each breast. Bake in a preheated oven at 350°F (175°C) for 20 minutes or until the chicken is cooked through and reaches an internal temperature of 165°F (74°C). Serve warm and enjoy!

Notes

Even Chicken Slices: When cutting the chicken breasts, make sure the pocket is even to hold the stuffing securely and cook evenly.
Don’t Overstuff: Leave some space in the chicken pocket to prevent the filling from spilling out during baking.
Secure the Stuffing: Use toothpicks to seal the opening if the chicken doesn’t close tightly, preventing the filling from leaking.

Nutrition

Calories: 250kcalCarbohydrates: 14gProtein: 37gFat: 5gSaturated Fat: 1gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 1gTrans Fat: 0.02gCholesterol: 108mgSodium: 502mgPotassium: 805mgFiber: 1gSugar: 11gVitamin A: 1466IUVitamin C: 9mgCalcium: 40mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Try More Easy & Tasty Chicken Recipes:

Layered Blueberry Chia Pudding (Vegan)

by

This Vegan Layered Blueberry Chia Pudding is light, fruity, and naturally sweet—perfect for breakfast, dessert, or a feel-good snack. It’s layered, pretty, and totally plant-based!

Vegan Layered Blueberry Chia Pudding.

This isn’t just any chia pudding—it’s a layered showstopper that’s as nourishing as it is beautiful. Whether you're meal-prepping or treating yourself, it's a no-fuss way to get a boost of fiber, antioxidants, and plant-based protein.

If you love healthy, fruity creations, check out my Berry Granola Bites or Best Summer Fruit Tart too!

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Layered for Looks & Taste: Creamy chia meets fruity yogurt—every bite is balanced.
  • Naturally Sweet: Maple syrup and berries add just the right touch of sweetness.
  • Healthy but Indulgent: Packed with chia seeds and fresh blueberries, this is a wholesome option for breakfast or a snack

⭐ Star Ingredients

Vegan Layered Blueberry Chia Pudding Ingredients.
  • Chia Seeds: These little powerhouses thicken the pudding while packing in omega-3s, fiber, and plant protein. I always stir twice—once to mix, once to prevent clumps.
  • Unsweetened Soy Milk: My go-to for creaminess and protein, but almond or oat milk work beautifully too.
  • Vegan Yogurt: Adds tangy richness and makes those layers dreamy. I like using vanilla-flavored for a subtle sweetness.
  • Fresh Blueberries: Blended or whole, they bring antioxidants, color, and that pop of sweet-tart flavor.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Crunch it up: Add toasted coconut, chopped nuts, or sunflower seeds on top.
  • Berry swap: Try raspberries, blackberries, or strawberries if blueberries aren’t in season.
  • Tropical twist: Go mango or pineapple and layer with coconut yogurt.
  • Chocolate craving? Mix cocoa powder into the chia base for a healthy dessert fix.

For more fruity breakfast treats, try my No Bake Banana Pudding or Gluten-Free Fruit Cobbler Recipe.

🔪 How To Make Blueberry Chia Pudding

chia seeds, almond milk, maple syrup, and vanilla extract in a bowl.
  1. Step 1: In a bowl, combine chia seeds, almond milk, maple syrup, and vanilla extract. Stir until well mixed.
thickened chia pudding.
  1. Step 2: Let the mixture sit for 5 minutes, then stir again to break up any clumps. Cover the bowl and refrigerate for at least 2 hours, or leave overnight until it thickens to a pudding-like texture.
blueberries in a blender.
  1. Step 3: Add the blueberries to a blender or food processor followed by the yogurt mixture.
blended blueberries.
  1. Step 4: Blend half of the fresh blueberries with the vegan yogurt until smooth or your preferred consistency.
A serving cup with a layer of blueberry-yogurt mixture spooned into the bottom.
  1. Step 5: Spoon a layer of the blueberry-yogurt mixture into the bottom of each serving cup.
thickened chia pudding in a bowl.
  1. Step 6: Add a layer of the thickened chia pudding on top of the yogurt layer.
A serving cup Vegan Blueberry Chia Pudding topped with blueberries.
  1. Step 7: Top with the remaining fresh blueberries and serve chilled. Enjoy your beautiful and delicious creation!
Vegan Layered Blueberry Chia Pudding ready to serve,
  1. Step 8: Enjoy your beautiful and delicious creation!
blueberry layered chia pudding in a glass mason jar.
Vegan Recipes

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Layering Tip: Use a spoon to carefully add layers to avoid mixing them together.
  • Chia Consistency: Stir the chia seed mixture after 10-15 minutes to prevent clumping and ensure an even texture.
  • Blend for Smoothness: For a smoother layer, blend the vegan yogurt with the blueberries until creamy.
  • Chill Time: Let the pudding chill for at least 2 hours, or overnight for the best results.

💭 FAQs

Can I Use A Different Plant-Based Milk In Chia Pudding?

Yes, you can swap almond milk for soy, oat, or coconut milk. Just make sure it’s unsweetened for the best flavor balance.

Do I Have To Refrigerate The Chia Pudding?

Yes, chilling for at least 2 hours allows the chia seeds to absorb the liquid and thicken properly. For the best texture, overnight is even better.

Can I Use Frozen Blueberries In Chia Pudding?

Absolutely! Let the frozen blueberries thaw before blending or mixing them for the best results.

What If I Don’t Have A Blender?

You can mash the blueberries with a fork or leave them whole for a chunkier texture in the yogurt layer.

How Do You Store Blueberry Chia Pudding?

Store chia pudding cups in the refrigerator for up to 3 days, covered tightly with plastic wrap or lids.

💖 Toppings For Chia Pudding

  • Granola Confetti: Adds crunch and makes it feel like breakfast cake—yes please.
  • Nut Butter Drizzle: Almond or peanut butter swirls = instant upgrade.
  • Toasted Coconut Flakes: Because your pudding deserves a beach vacation.
  • Zesty Citrus Pop: A sprinkle of lemon or orange zest wakes up the whole bowl.
  • Mini Choc Chips: For when you want your “healthy snack” to taste like dessert.
Vegan Layered Blueberry Chia Pudding.

🍽 Try These Fruit Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Vegan Layered Blueberry Chia Pudding.

Vegan Blueberry Chia Pudding

Angela Milnes
This Vegan Chia Pudding is a creamy, guilt-free breakfast or snack that's packed with nutrients. With just a few ingredients, it’s easy to make and totally delicious!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 15 minutes
Chilling Time 2 hours
Total Time 2 hours 15 minutes
Course Breakfast, Snack
Cuisine American
Servings 3 servings
Calories 202 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • ¼ Cup Chia Seeds
  • 1 Cup Soy Milk Unsweetened (Or Any Plant-Based Milk Of Your Choice)
  • 1 tablespoon Maple Syrup 
  • ½ teaspoon Vanilla Extract
  • 1 Cup Vegan Yogurt Unsweetened Or Vanilla-Flavored
  • ½ Cup Fresh Blueberries For Mixing With Yogurt
  • ½ Cup Fresh Blueberries For Topping

Instructions
 

  • In a bowl, mix chia seeds, almond milk, maple syrup, and vanilla. Stir well.
  • Wait 5 minutes, stir again to break up clumps. Cover and refrigerate for 2 hours or overnight until it thickens like pudding.
  • Put the blueberries and yogurt into a blender or food processor.
  • Blend until smooth or to your desired consistency.
  • Spoon some of the blueberry-yogurt mixture into the bottom of serving cups.
  • Layer the thickened chia pudding on top of the blueberry yogurt mixture.

Notes

Layering Tip: Use a spoon to carefully add layers to avoid mixing them together.
Chia Consistency: Stir the chia seed mixture after 10-15 minutes to prevent clumping and ensure an even texture.
Blend for Smoothness: For a smoother layer, blend the vegan yogurt with the blueberries until creamy.
Chill Time: Let the chia pudding chill for at least 2 hours, or overnight for the best results.

Nutrition

Calories: 202kcalCarbohydrates: 24gProtein: 8gFat: 9gSaturated Fat: 2gPolyunsaturated Fat: 4gMonounsaturated Fat: 1gTrans Fat: 0.02gCholesterol: 11mgSodium: 80mgPotassium: 349mgFiber: 6gSugar: 15gVitamin A: 424IUVitamin C: 11mgCalcium: 309mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Air Fryer Crispy Chicken Wings

by

Get ready to serve up the ultimate crowd-pleaser with these air fried, crispy chicken wings! They’re perfectly seasoned, super crispy, and so easy to make. Whether it’s game day, a family dinner, or just a snack craving, these wings will have everyone licking their fingers and asking for more!

Air fryer crispy chicken wings on wooden board.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why This Recipe Works

  • Perfectly Crispy, Every Time: The air fryer gives these wings that irresistible crunch without the need for deep frying.
  • Quick and Easy: Ready in no time with minimal effort – perfect for busy days or last-minute cravings when you want to air fry your wings.
  • Crowd-Pleasing Flavor: Whether for game day or a snack, these wings are packed with bold seasoning and are sure to be a hit!

🥘 Ingredients

Ingredients to make crispy chicken wings on wooden board.

To make the best air fryer chicken wings, you’ll need a few key ingredients and some essential equipment. Here’s what you’ll need:

  • Chicken Wing Drummettes and Flats: These cuts provide a juicy, tender texture, perfect for creating crispy, flavorful wings in the air fryer.
  • Oil: Essential for achieving a golden, crispy exterior, enhancing the wings' texture while keeping them moist inside.
  • Greek Seasoning: Infuses the wings with a burst of Mediterranean flavors, adding a savory, aromatic touch to each bite.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Ranch Dressing: A creamy and tangy Ranch Dressing is my favorite wing sauce to complement the crispy texture of air fryer chicken wings. It adds a cool, savory flavor that enhances the bold seasoning of the wings, making it a real winner!
  • Buffalo Sauce Wings: Toss the crispy wings in a classic buffalo sauce or hot sauce for that tangy, spicy flavor.
  • Garlic Parmesan Wings: Coat the wings Garlic Parm Sauce for a savory twist.
  • Lemon Pepper Wings: Cook chicken wings with lemon zest, black pepper, and a touch of salt for a bright, zesty flavor.

🔪 How To Make Air Fryer Crispy Chicken Wings

Chicken wing drumettes and flats seasoned with Greek seasoning in a bowl.
  1. Step 1: Place the wings on a paper towel to dry for 15 minutes or pat the chicken wings dry. Once dry, toss the wings in a bowl with oil and season generously, ensuring all wings are fully coated.
Chicken wing drumettes and flats seasoned with Greek seasoning in air fryer.
  1. Step 2: Arrange the seasoned wings in the air fryer basket, leaving space between them for proper air circulation.
Crispy chicken wings baked in air fryer.
  1. Step 3: Cook the wings in the air fryer at 400°F for 25-30 minutes, checking occasionally to achieve the desired crispiness.
Baked chicken wings on wooden board, served with sauce and carrot slices.
  1. Step 4: Let the wings cool slightly. Serve the crispy air fryer chicken with your favorite dipping sauce or toss it in sauce for extra flavor. Enjoy!
Close up view of crispy chicken wings.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Preheat: Always preheat your air fryer for even cooking and crispier wings.
  • Double Season: Sprinkle a little extra seasoning halfway through cooking for bold flavor.
  • Flip: Flip the wings once during cooking to ensure they’re crispy all around.
  • Cornstarch Trick: Add a light dusting of cornstarch to the wings before seasoning for extra crunch!
  • Avoid overcrowding: Don’t overcrowd the air fryer basket, as this can prevent the wings from cooking evenly. If necessary, cook in batches. Arrange the chicken wings in a single layer in the air fryer basket, leaving some space between each wing. This allows hot air to circulate and cook the wings evenly.

💭 FAQs

How Do I Make My Chicken Wings Extra Cripsy In The Air Fryer?

Pat the wings dry with a paper towel before seasoning to remove excess moisture. Cooking in a single layer and flipping halfway through helps achieve even crispiness and makes the best chicken wings.

Can I Cook Frozen Chicken Wings In The Air Fryer?

Yes! Add a few extra minutes to the cooking time and ensure they are cooked to an internal temperature of 165°F. You may need to drain excess moisture halfway through cooking.

What Seasonings Work Best For Air Fryer Chicken Wings?

Garlic powder, paprika, cayenne, salt, pepper, and onion powder are popular choices. You can also use pre-made wing seasonings for convenience and add ¼ teaspoon of baking powder for an extra crispy texture. Baking powder helps break down the proteins in the chicken skin, resulting in a crispy and golden brown finish.

Do I Need To Preheat The Air Fryer?

Preheating helps ensure even cooking and crispiness. Most air fryers only need 3-5 minutes to preheat.

How Long Do Cooked Wings Stay Fresh?

Place leftover chicken wings in an airtight container and store them in the refrigerator for up to 3-4 days.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite dishes to serve with crispy chicken wings:

Air fryer chicken wings, very crispy, served with a sauce, on a wooden table.

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Air Fryer Crispy Chicken Wings.

Air Fryer Crispy Chicken Wings

Angela Milnes
Crispy, golden, and bursting with flavor, these air fryer chicken wings are so easy to make! Perfect for game night or a quick family snack everyone will love.
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 35 minutes
Course Main Course
Cuisine American
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 337 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 lb. Chicken Wing Drummettes And Flats
  • 2 tbsp. Oil
  • 2 tbsp. Greek Seasoning Or Any Desired Dry Seasoning 

Instructions
 

  • Place the wings on a paper towel to dry for 15 minutes or pat them dry. Once dry, toss the wings in a bowl with oil and season generously, ensuring all wings are fully coated.
  • Arrange the seasoned wings in the air fryer basket, leaving space between them for proper air circulation.
  • Cook the wings in the air fryer at 400°F for 25-30 minutes, checking occasionally to achieve the desired crispiness.
  • Let the wings cool slightly. Serve with your favorite dipping sauce or toss in sauce for extra flavor. Enjoy!

Notes

Preheat: Always preheat your air fryer for even cooking and crispier wings.
Double Season: Sprinkle a little extra seasoning halfway through cooking for bold flavor.
Flip: Flip the wings once during cooking to ensure they’re crispy all around.
Cornstarch Trick: Add a light dusting of cornstarch to the wings before seasoning for extra crunch!

Nutrition

Calories: 337kcalCarbohydrates: 5gProtein: 21gFat: 26gSaturated Fat: 6gPolyunsaturated Fat: 6gMonounsaturated Fat: 12gTrans Fat: 0.2gCholesterol: 87mgSodium: 85mgPotassium: 270mgFiber: 3gSugar: 0.3gVitamin A: 292IUVitamin C: 1mgCalcium: 132mgIron: 4mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Chicken Recipes To Try:

Easy Shrimp Cakes With Hot Sauce

by

Need a quick, crowd-pleasing seafood dish? These Easy Shrimp Cakes with Hot Sauce are crispy, juicy, and packed with flavor—perfect for busy weeknights or weekend feasts.

Easy Shrimp Cakes With Hot Sauce.

Shrimp cakes are one of those magical meals that feel fancy but come together fast. This version brings a spicy twist with hot sauce and jalapeño, balancing richness with heat and a citrusy kick. They’re crispy on the outside, tender in the middle, and seriously versatile—great as a main, slider filling, or appetizer.

Love seafood dinners? Try them alongside my Balsamic Grilled Vegetables or Baked Spinach Ricotta for a flavor-packed plate.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Fast + Flavorful: These seasoned patties are packed with juicy shrimp, herbs, and spice in every crispy bite.
  • Baked, not fried: Still golden and crispy, without the mess.
  • So versatile: Serve shrimp patties as a main, in a sandwich, or appetizer—whatever fits your vibe.

⭐ Star Ingredients

Shrimp Patties Ingredients.
  • Shrimp: I use wild-caught when possible—freshly chopped shrimp gives these cakes unbeatable texture and rich seafood flavor.
  • Hot Sauce + Jalapeño: These two bring the heat! Just enough spice to keep things exciting without overwhelming the shrimp.
  • Panko Breadcrumbs: My crispy little secret—light, airy, and perfect for holding everything together without weighing it down.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Shrimp + Crab = Pure Seafood Bliss—mix ‘em together and suddenly, your weeknight meal feels like a fancy seafood feast.
  • Cheese makes everything better—toss in some shredded goodness and watch those shrimp cakes go from tasty to OMG, I need another one.
  • Asian-inspired magic—ginger, lemon zest, soy sauce, and sesame oil give these cakes a bold, zesty kick that’ll have you coming back for more!

Want to mix it up even more? Serve your shrimp cakes with Spicy Korean Cucumber Salad, Creamy Jalapeno Coleslaw or Red Cabbage Coleslaw for crunch and contrast.

🔪 How To Make Shrimp Cakes

Grinding shrimp in a blender.
  1. Step 1: Grind the raw shrimp in a food processor until finely chopped.
Frying red pepper in a pan.
  1. Step 2: Heat vegetable oil in a pan and fry the red pepper until softened.
Mixing parsley, egg, red pepper, green onions, mayonnaise, onions, blended shrimps in a bowl.
  1. Step 3: In a bowl, combine the shrimp mixture, fried red pepper, red onion, green onions, parsley, egg, mayonnaise, hot jalapeño pepper, garlic, lemon juice, hot sauce, salt, and black pepper. Mix until well incorporated.
Panko crumbs sprinkled over uncooked shrimp cutlets.
  1. Step 4: Shape the mixture into patties, place them on parchment paper, and sprinkle each with panko bread crumbs.
Baked shrimp cutlets in a baking tray.
  1. Step 5: Bake the patties in a preheated oven at 350°F (175°C) for 15 minutes or until golden brown.
Shrimp patties in a plate with a fork ready to be served with vegetables.
  1. Step 6: Serve the shrimp patties warm with your choice of vegetables, lime or lemon wedges.

💡Hint: For even crispier edges, give the shrimp patties a quick spray of oil before baking.

Side view of shrimp cakes on a plate ready to be served with vegetables.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Use Fresh Shrimp: Fresh shrimp will give the shrimp patties a better flavor and texture than frozen or pre-cooked shrimp.
  • Don’t overmix: Combine just until everything holds together to avoid tough patties.
  • Uniform shapes: Use a scoop or your hands to form even patties for consistent baking.
Easy Shrimp Cakes on a plate.

💭 FAQs

What binds the shrimp cakes together?

Egg and panko do the heavy lifting here—holding the cakes together without making them dense.

Can I Make Fried Shrimp Cakes Instead Of Baking?

Totally! Just pan-fry in a bit of oil over medium heat until both sides are golden and the shrimp is fully cooked.

Best Dipping Sauce For Shrimp Patties?

We love spicy sriracha mayo, garlic aioli, or even classic tartar sauce. Sweet chili or sour cream + dill work great too!

How do I store leftover shrimp cakes?

Refrigerate in an airtight container for up to 3 days. Reheat in a pan or oven to keep the outside crisp.

💖 Serving Suggestions

Serve shrimp cakes with the following side dishes:

Portion of shrimp patties on a fork to serve.

🍽 Try These Easy Shrimp Dishes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Easy Shrimp Cakes With Hot Sauce.

Shrimp Patties

Angela Milnes
These easy shrimp patties are crispy, flavorful, and perfect for a quick family meal! Packed with fresh herbs and a spicy kick, they’ll be your new go-to dinner favorite!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 35 minutes
Course Dinners
Cuisine American
Servings 5 Servings
Calories 2570 kcal

Ingredients
 
 

  • 2 Cups Shrimp
  • 1 ½ Cups Red Pepper Chopped
  • 1 Cup Red Onion Finely Chopped
  • 2 Cups Panko Bread Crumbs
  • 2 tbsp. Green Onions
  • 3 tbsp. Parsley
  • 1 Egg
  • 4 tbsp. Mayonnaise
  • ½ tsp. Hot Jalapeno Pepper
  • Pinch Salt
  • 1 tbsp. Olive Oil
  • 1 tsp. Hot Sauce
  • 1 tbsp. Lemon Juice
  • 1 Garlic Head Chopped
  • Pinch Black Pepper

Instructions
 

  • Grind the shrimp in a blender until finely chopped.
  • Heat vegetable oil in a pan and fry the red pepper until softened.
  • In a bowl, combine the shrimp, fried red pepper, red onion, green onions, parsley, egg, mayonnaise, hot jalapeño pepper, garlic, lemon juice, hot sauce, salt, and black pepper. Mix until well incorporated.
  • Shape the mixture into patties, place them on parchment paper, and sprinkle each with panko bread crumbs.
  • Bake the patties in a preheated oven at 350°F (175°C) for 15 minutes or until golden brown.
  • Serve shrimp patties warm with your choice of vegetables.

Notes

Use Fresh Shrimp: Fresh shrimp will give the patties a better flavor and texture than frozen or pre-cooked shrimp.
Don’t Overmix: Mix the ingredients until just combined to prevent the patties from becoming too dense.
Shape Uniformly: Form equal-sized patties to ensure even cooking in the oven.

Nutrition

Calories: 2570kcalCarbohydrates: 285gProtein: 169gFat: 123gSaturated Fat: 21gPolyunsaturated Fat: 61gMonounsaturated Fat: 36gTrans Fat: 0.1gCholesterol: 950mgSodium: 7929mgPotassium: 9070mgFiber: 134gSugar: 42gVitamin A: 109575IUVitamin C: 86mgCalcium: 1849mgIron: 74mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Easy Sourdough Discard Focaccia Recipe

by

Looking for a delicious way to use up your sourdough discard? This Easy Sourdough Discard Focaccia Recipe is the answer! With a perfectly light and airy texture, a touch of tangy sourdough flavor, and a sprinkle of everything bagel seasoning, this recipe turns simple ingredients into a show-stopping bread that's as fun to make as it is to eat. Perfect for dipping, snacking, or pairing with your favorite meal, this will soon become one of your favorite sourdough recipes.

Sourdough Discard Focaccia.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

If you love this simple sourdough focaccia then you might want to try our Raw Vegan Bread, Whole Wheat Irish Soda Bread or pair it with this delicious Zucchini Stew Recipe.

Why This Recipe Works

  • Easy to Make: No need for fancy techniques! This recipe transforms sourdough discard into a golden, fluffy focaccia with minimal effort.
  • Bursting with Flavor: The tangy sourdough pairs beautifully with the savory crunch of everything bagel seasoning, making every bite irresistible.
  • Versatile and Crowd-Pleasing: This simple sourdough bread recipe is perfect as a side dish, snack, or base for sandwiches, this focaccia shines at every meal and wows guests effortlessly!

🥘 Ingredients

Sourdough Focaccia  Ingredients.
  • All-Purpose Flour: Provides the essential structure and base for the focaccia, creating a light and airy texture.
  • Extra Virgin Olive Oil: Adds moisture, ensuring the focaccia is tender and pleasantly chewy.
  • Water: Essential for hydration, helping to form the dough and activate the sourdough starter.
  • Salt: Enhances the overall flavor, balancing the tanginess and bringing out the bread's natural taste.
  • Active Sourdough Starter Discard: Infuses tanginess and acts as a leavening agent, giving the focaccia its characteristic rise and unique flavor.
  • Everything Bagel Seasoning: Adds a burst of flavor and texture, elevating the focaccia with a savory and aromatic finish.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Herb it up—rosemary, thyme, or basil for a fresh, classic vibe.
  • Cheesy dreams—Parmesan, asiago, or vegan cheese = next-level flavor.
  • Garlic lovers—roast some cloves or brush with garlic oil for extra oomph.
  • Mediterranean mood—olives, sun-dried tomatoes, and a balsamic drizzle.
  • Pizza upgrade—ditch the bagel seasoning, add sauce, cheese, and toppings.
  • Spicy kick—red pepper flakes or chili oil for a little heat!

🔪 How To Make Focaccia With Sourdough Starter Discard

Mixing flour, water, salt and sourdough starter to make sourdough.
  1. Step 1: Add flour, water, salt, and ripe sourdough starter to the mixing bowl with the dough hook attachment.
Making sourdough in a bowl.
  1. Step 2: Mix on speed 1 for 1-2 minutes until incorporated. Mix on speed 2 for 5 minutes until the dough strengthens and clumps around the hook. Let the dough rest for 10 minutes in the mixing bowl.
Fermented sourdough in a bowl.
  1. Step 3: With the mixer on speed 1, slowly drizzle 1 tablespoon of the oil. Once the oil is absorbed, mix on speed 2 for an additional 1-2 minutes until the dough comes back together.
Fermented Sourdough.
  1. Step 4: Place the dough in a bulk fermentation container and cover for 2 hours. Stretch and fold the dough 4 times during bulk fermentation, with one set every 30 minutes, beginning the first set 30 minutes after the bulk fermentation starts.
Fermented sourdough in a rectangle bowl.
  1. Step 5: Apply oil generously to the inside of a 9x13" rectangular pan. Transfer the dough from the bulk fermentation into the rectangular pan either by gently scraping it directly or placing it onto a work surface first. The dough will rise in the pan for 4 hours. During the first hour, uncover the pan every 30 minutes, gently stretch the dough with damp hands to the pan's edges to help it spread, and then cover it again. Since the dough will naturally expand during this time, there's no need to stretch it excessively.
Fermented sourdough expanded naturally in a rectangle bowl.
  1. Step 6: Once the dough is mostly spread, let it continue proofing for the remaining 3 hours. Approximately 30 minutes before the proofing time ends, turn on the oven to 450°F. Once the oven is preheated, poke the dough's surface with wet or oiled fingers. Drizzle the remaining oil on top of the dough, followed by coarse sea salt.
Baked sourdough discard focaccia in a rectangle dish.
  1. Step 7: Bake for 30 minutes or until golden brown. Add everything bagel seasoning or whatever seasoning you desire after 20 minutes of baking. If you use fresh herbs, add them prior to baking.
Sourdough focaccia bread in a dish ready to serve.
  1. Step 8: Let the focaccia cool in the pan before moving it to a cooling rack. Make square mini pieces of focaccia, serve, and enjoy!

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Making Foccacia Pizza: Transforming this sourdough discard focaccia into a pizza is a breeze! After the dough has risen and been dimpled, skip the everything bagel seasoning and top it with your favorite pizza sauce, shredded cheese, and desired toppings. Then bake!

💭 FAQs

Do I Need A Stand Mixer For This Recipe?

A stand mixer is recommended for this recipe because it makes mixing and kneading the dough easier and more efficient, especially when incorporating the oil and achieving the right texture.

However, if you don’t have one, you can mix and knead the dough by hand. It may take more effort and a bit longer to strengthen the dough, but the results will still be delicious! Use a large bowl and a sturdy wooden spoon to start mixing, then switch to hand-kneading on a floured surface for about 10-12 minutes until the dough is smooth and elastic.

Is This Recipe For Focaccia Vegan?

Yes! This recipe is naturally vegan as long as you use plant-based toppings.

How Do I Get A Crispy Crust?

Using a well-oiled pan and baking at a high temperature ensures a crispy, golden crust.

Can I Use Bread Flour For This Sourdough Focaccia Recipe?

Yes, you can use bread flour instead of all-purpose flour for this recipe! Bread flour has a higher protein content, which helps create a slightly chewier and more structured focaccia. It may also absorb more water, so your dough could feel a bit firmer, but the result will still be delicious. If using bread flour, keep an eye on the dough’s texture during mixing and adjust the water slightly if needed to maintain a soft and elastic consistency.

Can I Use Different Toppings?

Absolutely! Swap the everything bagel seasoning for fresh rosemary, herbs, garlic, olives, or even grated cheese for a personalized twist. I like to add sliced olives to my focaccia for a Mediterranean flair.

Best Way To Store Focaccia  

Store your focaccia in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 2 days.

Can I Freeze Focaccia?

Yes! Once baked and cooled, wrap it tightly in plastic wrap or foil, then freeze. Reheat in the oven to enjoy it warm and fresh. Freeze for up to one month in the freezer.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite dishes to serve with Focaccia:

  • As a Side Dish: Serve warm focaccia alongside soups, stews, or salads for a cozy, comforting meal. It pairs especially well with tomato-based dishes like minestrone or marinara sauce.
  • Dipping Delight: Enjoy it with olive oil and balsamic vinegar for a simple yet flavorful appetizer. You can also pair it with herbed butter or garlic hummus.
  • Sandwich Base: Slice it in half and use it as a hearty base for sandwich bread. Add fresh mozzarella, tomatoes, and basil for a delicious caprese-inspired option.
Close up shot of sourdough focaccia bread in a dish.

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Easy Sourdough Discard Focaccia Recipe.

Easy Sourdough Discard Focaccia Recipe

Angela Milnes
This sourdough discard focaccia is the perfect way to use up your starter and make something delicious! It's soft, golden, and so easy to customize with your favorite toppings—great for family dinners or snacking.
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 30 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Proof Time 6 hours
Course Appetizer, Side Dish
Cuisine Italian
Servings 6 Servings
Calories 2423 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 4 ½ Cups All-purpose Flour 
  • 2 tbsp. Oil
  • 2 Cups Water
  • 2 tsp. Salt
  • ½ Cup Sourdough Starter 
  • 2 tbsp. Everything Bagel Seasoning Or Any desired Herbs

Instructions
 

  • Add flour, water, salt, and ripe sourdough starter to the mixing bowl with the dough hook attachment.
  • Mix on speed 1 for 1-2 minutes until incorporated. Mix on speed 2 for 5 minutes until the dough strengthens and clumps around the hook. Let the dough rest for 10 minutes in the mixing bowl.
  • With the mixer on speed 1, slowly drizzle 1 tablespoon of the oil. Once the oil is absorbed, mix on speed 2 for an additional 1-2 minutes until the dough comes back together.
  • Place the dough in a bulk fermentation container and cover for 2 hours. Stretch and fold the dough 4 times during bulk fermentation, with one set every 30 minutes, beginning the first set 30 minutes after the bulk fermentation starts.
  • Apply oil generously to the inside of a 9x13" rectangular pan. Transfer the dough from the bulk fermentation into the rectangular pan either by gently scraping it directly or placing it onto a work surface first. The dough will rise in the pan for 4 hours. During the first hour, uncover the pan every 30 minutes, gently stretch the dough with damp hands to the pan's edges to help it spread, and then cover it again. Since the dough will naturally expand during this time, there's no need to stretch it excessively.
  • Once the dough is mostly spread, let it continue proofing for the remaining 3 hours. Approximately 30 minutes before the proofing time ends, turn on the oven to 450°F. Once the oven is preheated, poke the dough's surface with wet or oiled fingers. Drizzle the remaining oil on top of the dough, followed by coarse sea salt.
  • Bake for 30 minutes or until golden brown. Add everything bagel seasoning or whatever seasoning you desire after 20 minutes of baking. If you use fresh herbs, add them prior to baking. Let the focaccia cool in the pan before moving it to a cooling rack.
  • Make square mini pieces of focaccia, serve, and enjoy!

Notes

Use a Well-Oiled Pan: Generously oil your baking pan to ensure a crispy bottom crust and easy release after baking.
Let It Rest: Allow the dough to rise until it's bubbly and airy—this step is key for achieving the signature focaccia texture.
Dimple with Care: When creating the iconic focaccia dimples, use lightly oiled fingers to prevent sticking and evenly distribute toppings.

Nutrition

Serving: 1LoafCalories: 2423kcalCarbohydrates: 453gProtein: 61gFat: 35gSaturated Fat: 3gPolyunsaturated Fat: 11gMonounsaturated Fat: 19gTrans Fat: 0.1gSodium: 6259mgPotassium: 603mgFiber: 16gSugar: 2gCalcium: 101mgIron: 26mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!
Side view of sourdough focaccia bread pieces.

More Bread Recipes To Try:

Vanilla French Toast With Strawberries

by

Start your morning with a sweet and fruity twist on a classic favorite—Vanilla French Toast With Strawberries! Golden, fluffy slices of bread are topped with fresh berries and a drizzle of syrup for a breakfast that feels indulgent but is so easy to whip up. Perfect for lazy weekends or a special treat for the family!

Vanilla French Toast With Strawberries on a plate.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why This Recipe Works

  • Customizable and Delicious: Add whipped cream, powdered sugar, or even chocolate drizzle to make your french bread unique.
  • Sweet and Simple: Fresh strawberries and golden French toast make for a breakfast that’s both easy and indulgent.
  • Family Favorite: Perfect for weekend mornings or special occasions, you'll love this Vanilla French Toast Recipe.

🥘 Ingredients

Strawberry French Toast Ingredients.
  • Toasted Bread: Serves as a sturdy, crispy base that perfectly holds the rich flavors of the French toast.
  • Eggs: Provide richness and act as a binding agent, creating a custardy texture that envelops the bread.
  • Milk: Adds creaminess and smoothness, enhancing the custardy consistency of the French toast mixture.
  • Strawberries: Bring fresh sweetness and a burst of fruity flavor, making each bite delightful.
  • Powdered Sugar: Offers a delicate, sweet finish that enhances the visual appeal and flavor of the dish.
  • Oil or Butter: Ensures the bread is cooked to a golden perfection, adding richness and flavor.
  • Sugar: Introduces additional sweetness, balancing the flavors and complementing the strawberries.
  • Vanilla Extract: Infuses aromatic depth, adding a warm, comforting note to the French toast.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

Here are some delicious bread variations to try for French toast:

  • French Bread: A crusty option that holds up well for a heartier, more textured French toast.
  • Texas Toast: Thick and fluffy slices that soaks up the egg mixture perfectly, giving you soft, pillowy French toast.
  • Brioche Bread: Rich and buttery, brioche makes decadent French toast with a slightly sweet flavor.

🔪 How To Make Vanilla French Toast

Beaten eggs and milk mixture in a bowl.

Step One: In a bowl, whisk together the egg, milk, sugar, and vanilla extract until well combined.

Soaking bread slice in eggs mixture.

Step Two: Dip the bread into the egg mixture, ensuring both sides are coated evenly.

Frying eggs coated bread slice in a fry pan.

Step Three: Melt butter in a pan over medium heat, then fry the soaked bread slices until golden brown on both sides.

Strawberry French toast in a plate ready to serve.

Step Four: Serve warm, topped with fresh strawberries and a sprinkle of powdered sugar.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Use Stale Bread: Slightly stale bread absorbs the egg mixture better, resulting in a richer flavor and texture.
  • Don’t Over-Soak: Dip the bread briefly in the egg mixture to prevent it from becoming too soggy.
  • Test the Pan: Make sure the butter is hot and bubbling before adding the bread to achieve a golden crust.
  • Dust Just Before Serving: Sprinkle powdered sugar right before serving to keep it fresh and visually appealing.

💭 FAQs

Why Is My French Toast Too Soggy?

It’s likely due to too much liquid in the custard or soaking the bread too long. Use thick slices of bread and dip them briefly to avoid over-saturation.

Can I Make French Toast Without Eggs?

Yes! Replace the eggs with mashed bananas, a flaxseed and water mixture, or a plant-based custard for a vegan alternative.

How Do I Prevent French Toast From Sticking To The Pan?

Use a non-stick skillet or griddle and lightly grease it with butter or oil before adding the French toast.

How Do I Make My French Toast More Crispy?

Cook bread in a hot pan with butter and a little oil until golden brown. Once cooked, place the slices under a preheated oven broiler or griddle for 1-2 minutes on each side to crisp up the edges. Keep an eye on them to prevent burning, and you’ll have perfectly crispy French toast!

🧂Serving Suggestions

Here are some great ways to serve Vanilla French Toast With Strawberries.

  • Pure Maple Syrup: A classic topping that adds a rich, sweet flavor to your French toast.
  • Whipped Cream with Cinnamon: Light and fluffy, whipped cream sprinkled with ground cinnamon brings a touch of elegance to your sweet breakfast.
  • Greek Yogurt: A tangy and creamy option that pairs perfectly with fresh fruit like berries or banana slices.
  • Nuts or Seeds: Add crunch with chopped pecans, walnuts, or chia seeds.

If you love this recipe be sure to check out this tasty recipe for Air Fryer French Toast With Blueberries. It's super easy and so flavorful!

Vanilla French Toast With Strawberries on a plate.

🍽 Try These Breakfast Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Vanilla French Toast With Strawberries.

Vanilla French Toast With Stawberries

Angela Milnes
Treat your family to this easy, delicious Vanilla French Toast recipe! Perfectly golden, sweet, and topped with fresh strwberries—breakfast bliss in every bite!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 10 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Course Breakfast
Cuisine French
Servings 3 Servings
Calories 297 kcal

Ingredients
 
 

  • 3 Slices Bread
  • 3 Eggs
  • ¾ Cup Milk
  • ¾ Cup Strawberries
  • ¼ Cup Powdered Sugar
  • 1 ½ tbsp. Butter
  • 2 tsp. Sugar
  • 1 tsp. Vanilla

Instructions
 

  • In a bowl, whisk together the egg, milk, sugar, and vanilla until well combined.
  • Dip the toasted bread into the egg mixture, ensuring both sides are coated evenly.
  • Melt butter in a pan over medium heat, then fry the soaked bread slices until golden brown on both sides.
  • Serve warm, topped with fresh strawberries and a sprinkle of powdered sugar.

Notes

Use Stale Bread: Slightly stale bread absorbs the egg mixture better, resulting in a richer flavor and texture.
Don’t Over-Soak: Dip the bread briefly in the egg mixture to prevent it from becoming too soggy.
Test the Pan: Make sure the butter is hot and bubbling before adding the bread to achieve a golden crust.
Dust Just Before Serving: Sprinkle powdered sugar right before serving to keep it fresh and visually appealing.

Nutrition

Calories: 297kcalCarbohydrates: 33gProtein: 11gFat: 14gSaturated Fat: 7gPolyunsaturated Fat: 2gMonounsaturated Fat: 4gTrans Fat: 0.3gCholesterol: 187mgSodium: 266mgPotassium: 251mgFiber: 2gSugar: 20gVitamin A: 526IUVitamin C: 21mgCalcium: 143mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Breakfast Recipes To Try:

Easy Pasta With Pancetta and Peas

by

Looking for a quick and flavorful dinner that’s ready in under 30 minutes? Then try Pasta With Pancetta and Peas. This delicious pasta dish is light, savory, and bursting with fresh, vibrant flavors. Perfect for busy weeknights, it’s a simple dish that delivers big on taste without the fuss!

Pancetta Pea Pasta In A Pan.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

If you're a fan of pasta, peas and pancetta then be sure to check out this Creamy Broccoli Bacon recipe too.

Why This Recipe Works

This easy pasta dish is a delightful blend of pancetta, fresh peas, and perfectly cooked pasta. Topped with grated parmesan cheese, this crispy pancetta pasta recipe is my go-to for easy and satisfying dinners. It’s quick to whip up, full of flavor, and perfect for any night of the week!

🥘 Ingredients

Pancetta Pea Pasta Ingredients.
  • Spaghetti: Serves as a classic and versatile base, perfectly absorbing the flavors of the sauce and ingredients.
  • Salt: Essential for seasoning, enhancing the flavors of the pasta and other ingredients.
  • Olive Oil: Provides cooking richness and a silky texture, helping to meld the ingredients together.
  • Bacon: Adds a savory, smoky flavor that enriches the pasta and complements the peas.
  • Shallot: Offers a mild sweetness and delicate flavor, elevating the dish's complexity.
  • Peas: Contribute a burst of freshness and a pop of color, balancing the richer flavors.
  • Garlic: Infuses aromatic depth and enhances the savory profile of the pasta.
  • Black Pepper: Introduces subtle heat, adding complexity to the dish.
  • Crushed Red Pepper: Adds a kick of spice, elevating the flavor profile with a bit of heat.
  • Parsley: Provides a touch of herbal freshness, brightening the overall taste.
  • Lemon: Offers zest and brightness, adding a refreshing contrast to the savory elements.
  • Parmesan Cheese: Imparts a savory finish, adding richness and a creamy texture to the pasta.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Pasta swap—whole wheat or gluten-free works just as well as classic spaghetti.
  • Herb upgrade—mix in fresh basil or mint with parsley for extra freshness.
  • Heat control—crank up the crushed red pepper or skip it if spice isn’t your thing.
  • Easy peas-y—frozen peas sub in perfectly! Just toss ‘em in with the pancetta and let them do their thing.

🔪How To Make Pasta With Pancetta And Peas

Bacon in a skillet.
  1. Step 1: Heat the skillet over medium-high heat. Carefully add the bacon pieces and fry the bacon until fully cooked and brown. Toss the bacon pieces often. Take the bacon pieces out of the skillet, placing it on the lined plate. Add both the salt and a slight amount of olive oil to a pot of water big enough to hold the spaghetti. Bring the water to a boil. Cook the pasta until al dente. Before draining, reserve 1 cup of water and set it aside. Drain the pasta.
Cooking bacon with peas, garlic cloves and other spices in a skillet.
  1. Step 2: Replace the skillet on the stovetop and set it on medium heat. Add 4 tablespoons of olive oil. Heat the skillet with the oil until it has a shimmer but not smoking. Slowly add the shallots, peas, salt, pepper, and 1 teaspoon of crushed red pepper. Increase the stovetop heat to a medium-high, cooking for about 5 minutes. Toss often.  Add the garlic and parsley and cook for another 3 minutes. Return the bacon pieces to the skillet.
Spaghetti and lemon added to cooked bacon and vegetables.
  1. Step 3: Add the cooked pasta and ¾ cup of the pasta water. Add in the rest of the crushed red pepper, lemon zest and juice and toss to combine.
Cooking spaghetti with bacon and vegetables in a skillet.
  1. Step 4: Add the grated cheese to the pasta. Start out with 3-4 tablespoons and add more if you desire. Taste test for salt and pepper. Transfer the combined ingredients to a serving plate or to individual serving bowls and enjoy!
Cooked Pancetta Pea Pasta In A Skillet.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Crisp the Pancetta: Cook the pancetta until it’s golden and crispy to bring out its savory, rich flavor.
  • Save That Pasta Water: A splash of reserved pasta water helps bind the ingredients together and create a light, flavorful sauce.
  • Season Wisely: Pancetta adds saltiness, so taste before adding extra salt to the dish.

💭 FAQs

What Is Pancetta Pasta?

Pancetta Pasta is a delicious dish featuring pancetta, which is Italian cured pork belly, similar to bacon but unsmoked. In pasta dishes, pancetta is often sautéed to bring out its rich, savory flavor, adding a delightful taste to the mix of pasta and other ingredients.

What Is A Good Substitute For Pancetta In Pasta?

If you’re out of pancetta, no worries! Bacon is a great substitute and adds a similar savory touch to your pasta. For a non-pork option, try smoked turkey or even a sprinkle of smoked paprika for that rich flavor kick.

How to Make This Pancetta Pasta Creamy?

To make your Pancetta Pasta creamy, just add a splash of heavy cream or a dollop of cream cheese while mixing everything together. Stir it in until it’s all nice and smooth. You can also sprinkle in some extra Parmesan cheese for that extra creamy goodness!

Can I Use Mint Peas In This Recipe?

Absolutely! Mint peas can add a lovely, fresh twist to your Pasta With Pancetta. These sweet peas bring a refreshing flavor that pairs wonderfully with the savory pancetta.

Can I Substitute The Peas For Asparagus?

Sure thing! Swapping peas for asparagus is a fantastic idea. Just chop the asparagus into bite-sized pieces and sauté them until tender. They’ll add a nice crunch and a fresh, earthy flavor to your pasta dish!

🧂Serving Suggestions

Here are some great ways to serve Easy Pasta With Pancetta and Peas:

  • Roasted Vegetables: A medley of roasted seasonal vegetables like bell peppers, zucchini, and carrots brings color and variety.
  • Stuffed Mushrooms: Baked stuffed mushrooms with cheese and herbs make a savory and satisfying appetizer.
  • Bruschetta: Toasted bread topped with a mix of tomatoes, garlic, and basil adds a burst of flavor.
Close view of Cooked Pancetta Pea Pasta In A Skillet.

🍽 Try More Skillet Recipes Here

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Easy Pasta With Pancetta and Peas.

Easy Pasta With Pancetta and Peas

Angela Milnes
This Easy Pasta With Pancetta and Peas is just what you need for those hectic evenings—simple, quick, and bursting with flavors! Your family will adore this creamy, zesty take on a timeless favorite.
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 35 minutes
Course Main Course
Cuisine Italian
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 536 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • ¾ lb. Spaghetti Thin
  • Salt
  • Olive Oil
  • 4 oz. Bacon Cut into Pieces
  • 1 Shallot Thinly Sliced
  • 2 Cups Frozen peas Thawed
  • 8 Garlic Cloves Minced
  • Black Pepper
  • 2 tsp. Crushed Red Pepper Divided
  • 1 Bunch Parsley Chopped
  • 1 Lemon Zested and Juiced
  • Parmesan Cheese Grated

Instructions
 

  • Heat the skillet over medium-high heat. Carefully add the bacon pieces and fry the bacon until fully cooked and brown. Toss the bacon pieces often. Take the bacon pieces out of the skillet placing it on the lined plate. Add both the salt and a slight amount of olive oil to a pot of water big enough to hold the spaghetti. Bring the water to a boil. Cook the pasta according to the package instructions. Before draining, reserve 1 cup of water and set aside. Drain the pasta.
  • Replace the skillet on the stovetop and set it on medium heat. Add 4 tablespoons of olive oil. Heat the skillet with the oil until it has a shimmer but not smoking. Slowly add the shallots, peas, salt, pepper, and 1 teaspoon of crushed red pepper. Increase the stovetop heat to medium-high, cooking for about 5 minutes. Toss often.  Add the garlic and parsley and cook for another 3 minutes. Return the bacon pieces to the skillet.
  • Add the cooked pasta and ¾ cup of the pasta water. Add in the rest of the crushed red pepper, lemon zest, and juice and toss to combine.
  • Add the grated cheese to the pasta. Start out with 3-4 tablespoons and add more if you desire. Taste test for salt and pepper. Transfer the combined ingredients to a serving plate or to individual serving bowls and enjoy!

Notes

Crisp the Pancetta: Cook the Pancetta until it’s golden and crispy to bring out its savory, rich flavor.
Save That Pasta Water: A splash of reserved pasta water helps bind the ingredients together and create a light, flavorful sauce.
Season Wisely: Pancetta adds saltiness, so taste before adding extra salt to the dish.

Nutrition

Calories: 536kcalCarbohydrates: 81gProtein: 26gFat: 12gSaturated Fat: 4gPolyunsaturated Fat: 2gMonounsaturated Fat: 5gTrans Fat: 0.04gCholesterol: 28mgSodium: 512mgPotassium: 689mgFiber: 9gSugar: 8gVitamin A: 2069IUVitamin C: 65mgCalcium: 82mgIron: 4mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Tasty Recipes Using Bacon

Blueberry Angel Biscuits With Cream Cheese Topping

by

Get ready to fall in love with these Blueberry Angel Biscuits! Fluffy, tender, and just the right touch of sweetness, these old fashioned angel biscuits are the perfect mix of biscuit and roll. Whether you're serving them for breakfast, brunch, or a sweet snack, these little bites of heaven will have everyone reaching for seconds. Use our angel biscuit recipe to bake up something magical!

Blueberry Angel Biscuits.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

What Are Angel Biscuits?

Angel biscuits are like the best of both worlds—a biscuit and a roll all in one! They’re super soft, fluffy, and just melt in your mouth, thanks to the magic combo of baking powder, baking soda, and yeast. I love making them because they always rise beautifully, and they’re perfect for everything from breakfast spreads to afternoon snacks. Adding blueberries makes them extra special—like a little burst of sunshine in every bite!

Why This Recipe Works

  • Perfectly Soft and Fluffy: These biscuits rise beautifully, giving you a light and airy texture with every bite. They are the best angel biscuit recipe I've tried.
  • Bursting with Blueberry Flavor: Sweet, juicy blueberries take these biscuits to the next level of deliciousness.
  • Easy to Make: Simple ingredients and straightforward steps make this Old Fashioned Angel Biscuits recipe perfect for any baker, beginner or pro!

🥘 Ingredients

ingredients for Blueberry Angel Biscuits.

For The Biscuits:

  • Active Dry Yeast: Essential for leavening, giving the biscuits a light, airy texture.
  • Warm Water: Activates the yeast, ensuring a proper rise for the biscuits.
  • Granulated Sugar: Adds sweetness, balancing the tartness of the blueberries and lemon.
  • All-Purpose Flour: A plain flour mixture provides helps to hold all the ingredients together.
  • Salt: Enhances flavor, balancing the sweetness and highlighting other ingredients.
  • Baking Powder And Baking Soda: Helps the biscuits rise and achieve fluffiness.
  • Cold Butter: Creates flakiness in the biscuits, adding a rich, buttery flavor.
  • Buttermilk: Adds moisture and a slight tang, complementing the blueberries and lemon.
  • Lemon Zest: Infuses brightness and a hint of citrus, enhancing the flavor profile.
  • Fresh Blueberries: Provides bursts of fruity sweetness, making each bite delightful.
  • Melted Butter: Adds richness and a glossy finish to the biscuits.
  • Solid Shortening: Contributes to the tender texture of the angel biscuit dough.

For The Cream:

  • Cream Cheese: Adds a creamy richness to the topping, balancing sweetness.
  • Powdered Sugar: Sweetens the cream, complementing the tang of the cream cheese.
  • Cool Whip: Provides lightness and a smooth texture to the cream topping.
  • Vanilla or Maple Extract: Infuses aromatic flavor, adding depth to the cream topping.
  • Fresh Blueberries: Provides bursts of fruity sweetness, making each bite delightful.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Blueberry Maple Angel Biscuits: Drizzle warm biscuits with maple syrup or mix a tablespoon of maple syrup into the dough for a subtle, sweet maple flavor that pairs beautifully with the blueberries.
  • Lemon Blueberry Angel Biscuits: Add a teaspoon of lemon zest to the dough and drizzle the baked biscuits with a simple lemon glaze for a zesty twist.
  • Mixed Berry Angel Biscuits: Swap out the blueberries for a mix of raspberries, blackberries, and strawberries to create a colorful berry blend.

🔪How To Make Angel Biscuits With Blueberries

Step One: Add yeast to warm water. Stir to combine. Let sit until foamy.

Step Two: In a large bowl, mix 5 cups of flour, salt, baking powder, baking soda, and sugar.

Step Three: Cut cold butter and shortening into the dry mixture until it looks like small peas. Add lemon zest.

Step Four: Mix the yeast into buttermilk. Pour into the dry mixture. Stir gently until combined (do not overwork).

Step Five: Carefully fold in blueberries.

Dough making process for blueberry angel cakes.

Step Six: Sprinkle ½ cup flour on the work surface.

Step Seven: Dump dough onto the floured surface. Knead lightly until it forms a ball.

Step Eight: Press dough into a rough rectangle. Fold in half, press again, and repeat two more times. Flatten to ¾-inch thickness.

Step Nine: Use a biscuit cutter to cut biscuits. Press straight down (don’t twist). Rework the dough to cut more.

Step Ten: Place biscuits on a greased skillet or parchment-lined sheet. Cover with a damp towel. Let rise for 1 hour 15 minutes.

Biscuits shapes making process from prepared dough of blueberry angel cakes.

Step Eleven: Preheat oven to 400°F. Bake for 12-15 minutes until golden brown.

Step Twelve: Brush hot biscuits with melted butter. Then cool biscuits on a wire rack.

To Make The Cream

Whip the cream cheese until fluffy and mix in the powdered sugar. Fold in the Cool Whip. Add vanilla, then top your angel biscuits with cream and blueberries.

Biscuits making and cream preparing process.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Prevent Blueberry Bleeding: Use frozen blueberries to keep them from bleeding into the dough.
  • Chill Your Angel Biscuit Cutter: A cold biscuit cutter makes cleaner cuts and helps biscuits rise better.
  • Golden Biscuit Tops: Brush biscuits with buttermilk before baking for a perfectly golden top.

💭 FAQs

What Is The Best Angel Biscuit Cutter?

When preparing angel biscuits, achieving a clean cut is essential for optimal rise and texture. Using a sharp, metal biscuit cutter ensures precise cuts, allowing the biscuits to bake evenly and maintain their fluffy interior. We like to use a Hulisen Biscuit Cutter.

Can I Make The Dough Ahead Of Time?

Yes! You can make the dough, cut out the biscuits, and refrigerate them overnight. Just let them sit at room temperature for about 20 minutes before baking.

How Should I Store Leftover Biscuits?

Store them in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 2 days. For longer storage, freeze the biscuits and reheat them in the oven or microwave when ready to enjoy.

What’s The Best Way To Reheat These Biscuits?

Pop them in a 350°F oven for 5-7 minutes to get them warm and slightly crisp on the outside, or microwave them for 10-15 seconds for a softer texture.

🧂Serving Suggestions

  • Serve with a Fresh Fruit Salad: Complement the sweet and fluffy biscuits with a refreshing fruit salad, such as a mix of berries, kiwi, and pineapple, for a light, vibrant side.
  • Top with Honey or Maple Syrup: Drizzle a little honey or maple syrup over the biscuits for extra sweetness that pairs well with the cream cheese topping.
  • Serve with a Hot Cup of Tea: Enjoy these biscuits with a warm cup of tea, like chamomile or Earl Grey, to balance the sweetness and add a calming touch.
  • Pair with Scrambled Eggs: For a more substantial breakfast, serve the biscuits alongside fluffy scrambled eggs for a perfect sweet and savory combination.
Blueberry angel cakes are ready to serve.

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Blueberry Angel Biscuits With Cream Cheese Topping.

Blueberry Angel Biscuits

Angela Milnes
You won’t believe how easy these Blueberry Angel Biscuits are! Fluffy, buttery, and packed with juicy blueberries—they’re pure homemade goodness!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Additional Time 1 hour 15 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 45 minutes
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Servings 8 Servings
Calories 754 kcal

Ingredients
  

Biscuits

  • ½ oz. Active Dry Yeast
  • ¼ Cup Warm Water Between 95-110 Degrees
  • 5 tbsp. Granulated Sugar
  • 5½ Cup All-Purpose Flour
  • 1 tsp. Salt
  • 1 tsp. Baking Soda
  • 2 tsp. Baking Powder
  • ½ Cup Cold Butter Cut Into Small Pieces
  • ½ Cup Buttermilk Warm
  • 2 tsp. Lemon Zest
  • 5 tbsp. Butter Melted
  • 1 Cup Fresh Blueberries
  • ½ Cup Solid Shortening I Used Butter Flavored Crisco

Cream

  • 4 oz Cream Cheese Softened
  • ¼ Cup Powdered Sugar
  • 2 Cup Cool Whip
  • ½ teaspoon Vanilla Or Maple Extract
  • ½ Cup Fresh Blueberries

Instructions
 

To Make Biscuits

  • Add yeast to warm water. Stir to combine. Let sit until foamy.
  • In a large bowl, mix 5 cups of flour, salt, baking powder, baking soda, and sugar.
  • Cut cold butter and shortening into the dry mixture until it looks like small peas. Add lemon zest.
  • Mix the yeast into buttermilk. Pour into the dry mixture. Stir gently until combined (do not overwork).
  • Carefully fold in blueberries.
  • Sprinkle ½ cup flour on the work surface.
  • Dump dough onto the floured surface. Knead lightly until it forms a ball.
  • Press dough into a rough rectangle. Fold in half, press again, and repeat two more times. Flatten to ¾-inch thickness.
  • Use a biscuit cutter to cut biscuits. Press straight down (don’t twist). Rework the dough to cut more.
  • Place biscuits on a greased skillet or parchment-lined sheet. Cover with a damp towel. Let rise for 1 hour 15 minutes.
  • Preheat oven to 400°F.
  • Bake for 12-15 minutes until golden brown.
  • Brush hot biscuits with melted butter.
  • Cool biscuits on a wire rack.

To Make Cream

  • Whip cream cheese until fluffy.
  • Mix in powdered sugar.
  • Fold in Cool Whip.
  • Add vanilla or maple extract (or divide the cream to use both).
  • Top biscuits with cream and blueberries as desired. Enjoy!

Notes

Prevent Blueberry Bleeding: Use frozen blueberries to keep them from bleeding into the dough.
Chill Your Biscuit Cutter: A cold biscuit cutter makes cleaner cuts and helps biscuits rise better.
Golden Biscuit Tops: Brush biscuits with buttermilk before baking for a perfectly golden top.

Nutrition

Serving: 13BiscuitsCalories: 754kcalCarbohydrates: 90gProtein: 12gFat: 39gSaturated Fat: 19gPolyunsaturated Fat: 5gMonounsaturated Fat: 12gTrans Fat: 2gCholesterol: 69mgSodium: 766mgPotassium: 198mgFiber: 4gSugar: 20gVitamin A: 849IUVitamin C: 4mgCalcium: 147mgIron: 4mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Fantastic Recipes To Try:

Keto Oatmeal Using Almond Milk

by

Looking for a cozy, keto-friendly breakfast that satisfies your oatmeal cravings without the carbs? Try this Keto Oatmeal using almond milk, almond flour, and chia seeds is the perfect way to start your day! Cooking Oatmeal with almond milk has never been easier!

Keto oatmeal using almond milk in a plate.

For more delicious oatmeal recipes try this overnight oats recipe with chocolate chips and cocoa powder: Chocolate Overnight Oats. You might also want to try this Instant Pot Oatmeal With Apple and Cinnamon or Instant Pot Cinnamon Oatmeal.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why This Recipe Works

  • Keto-Friendly & Low-Carb: This oatmeal skips the carbs by using almond flour, making it perfect for keto enthusiasts.
  • Creamy & Comforting: Almond milk and chia seeds create a rich, velvety texture that feels indulgent.
  • Quick & Easy: Ready in minutes, it's an effortless breakfast for busy mornings.
  • Customizable: Adjust the sweetness, spices, or toppings to make it your own.
  • Naturally Dairy-Free: Great for anyone avoiding dairy without sacrificing flavor.

🥘 Ingredients

Keto Oatmeal Using Almond Milk Ingredients.
  • Almond Flour: Provides a nutty flavor and is a perfect low-carb base for keto-friendly oatmeal.
  • Chia Seeds: Add a rich texture and are packed with nutritional benefits, enhancing the oatmeal's health appeal.
  • Unsweetened Almond Milk: Offers a creamy, dairy-free alternative, making the oatmeal smooth and suitable for a keto diet.
  • Maple Syrup: Introduces a touch of natural sweetness, balancing the flavors without overpowering the dish.
  • Cinnamon: Infuses warmth and spice, adding depth and a comforting aroma to the oatmeal.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Topping Variations

  • Milk swap—no almond milk? Use dairy, oat, coconut, soy, cashew, rice, juice, cream, or even water. Oatmeal doesn’t judge.
  • Nutty crunch—almonds, pecans, coconut flakes, or granola bring the texture game.
  • Berry overload—mix strawberries, blueberries, raspberries, and blackberries for a flavor party.
  • Creamy dream—add a scoop of Greek or coconut yogurt with banana for extra richness.
  • Citrus pop—zest up your berries with a splash of fresh orange or lemon for a zingy twist!

🔪 How to Make Oatmeal With Almond Milk

Cinnamon, almond flour and chia seeds in a sauce pan.
  1. Step 1: Add almond flour into a saucepan, add chia seeds, and cinnamon.
Mixing cinnamon, almond flour, chia seeds, maple syrup and almond milk in a sauce pan.
  1. Step 2: Add syrup and milk and stir. Simmer for about 5 minutes.
Keto oatmeal prepared in almond milk.
  1. Step 3: Carefully pour the mixture into a serving bowl.
Keto oatmeal in a bowl garnished with blueberries, strawberries and almonds.
  1. Step 4: When serving, garnish with your favorite berries.
Top view of keto oatmeal in a bowl garnished with blueberries, strawberries and almonds.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Use Fresh Almond Milk: Always use fresh almond milk to ensure the best flavor and consistency. Check the expiration date and shake well before use to ensure even mixing.
  • Make It Creamier: For a creamier oatmeal, mix in a tablespoon of nut butter, like almond or peanut butter, during the cooking process.

💭 FAQs

Can You Make Oatmeal Using Almond Milk?

Yes, you can absolutely make oatmeal using almond milk! Almond milk is a creamy, dairy-free alternative that works wonderfully for cooking oatmeal. Whether you use rolled oats or almond flour, the almond milk adds a subtle nutty flavor and a smooth texture.

Can I Make This Oatmeal Ahead Of Time?

Yes! You can prepare it ahead and store it in the fridge for up to 3 days. Reheat on the stove or in the microwave with a splash of almond milk to restore its creamy texture.

Can I Substitute Almond Flour With Another Low-Carb Option?

Yes, coconut flour can be used, but adjust the quantity as it absorbs more liquid—start with 1–2 tablespoons and add more almond milk if needed. You could also switch out the almond milk for coconut milk.

Can I Make This Without Chia Seeds?

You can leave out the chia seeds, but they help thicken the oatmeal and add texture. For a substitute, try ground flaxseeds.

Side view of oatmeal cooked in almond milk, garnished with blueberries, strawberries and almonds.

🧂Serving Suggestions

Here are some great ways to serve Keto Oatmeal.

  • Avocado and Egg Cups: Pair your Keto Oatmeal with avocado halves filled with baked eggs for a rich, satisfying breakfast packed with healthy fats and protein.
  • Berry Smoothie: Complement the oatmeal with a refreshing berry smoothie made from keto-friendly fruits like strawberries and blueberries, blended with almond milk and a touch of spinach.
  • Cheese Platter: Offer a selection of keto-friendly cheeses such as cheddar, brie, and gouda to add a creamy and savory touch to your meal.
  • Buckwheat Pancakes: Serve alongside your favorites pancakes topped with a sugar-free syrup for a decadent brunch option.
  • Iced Coffee with Almond Milk: For a refreshing beverage, pair your meal with an iced coffee made with almond milk and flavored with a dash of cinnamon or vanilla extract.

🍽 Try More Breakfast Ideas

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Keto Oatmeal Using Almond Milk.

Keto Oatmeal Using Almond Milk

Angela Milnes
Whip up a warm bowl of keto-friendly oatmeal using almond flour, chia seeds, and cinnamon, all simmered in creamy almond milk. This cozy, low-carb breakfast is perfect for keeping you full and fueled, topped off with a burst of fresh berries!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 2 minutes
Cook Time 5 minutes
Total Time 7 minutes
Course Breakfast
Cuisine British
Servings 2 Servings
Calories 420 kcal

Ingredients
 
 

  • ¾ Cup  Almond Flour
  • ⅓ Cup Chia Seeds
  • 1 ¼ Cup Almond Milk
  • 1 Tbsp. Maple Syrup
  • ½ Tsp. Cinnamon

Instructions
 

  • Add almond flour into a saucepan, add chia seeds and cinnamon.
  • Add syrup and milk and stir. Simmer for about 5 minutes.
  • Carefully pour the mixture into a serving bowl.
  • When serving, garnish with your favorite berries.

Notes

Use Fresh Almond Milk: Always use fresh almond milk to ensure the best flavor and consistency. Check the expiration date and shake well before use to ensure even mixing.
Make It Creamier: For a creamier oatmeal, mix in a tablespoon of nut butter, like almond or peanut butter, during the cooking process.

Nutrition

Calories: 420kcalCarbohydrates: 27gProtein: 14gFat: 31gSaturated Fat: 2gPolyunsaturated Fat: 8gMonounsaturated Fat: 2gTrans Fat: 0.04gSodium: 208mgPotassium: 137mgFiber: 15gSugar: 6gVitamin A: 19IUVitamin C: 1mgCalcium: 475mgIron: 4mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Other Breakfast Recipes to Try

Cold Chicken Pasta Salad With Italian Dressing

by

This Cold Chicken Pasta Salad with Italian dressing is your go-to for summer lunches, potlucks, or lazy dinners. It’s quick, refreshing, and packs flavor in every bite.

Cold Chicken Pasta Salad With Italian Dressing.

Cold pasta salads are summer’s low-effort, high-reward heroes. This one blends tender chicken, bold dressing, and crisp veggies—all in under 30 minutes.

If you love hearty salads, you’ll also enjoy my Rotisserie Chicken Salad or Greek Feta Pasta Salad. Need a cozy pairing? Try it with a bowl of Kale Apple Salad With Pomegranates.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Quick & Easy: From fridge to fork in under 30 minutes.
  • Make-Ahead Magic: Stays fresh for days—ideal for meal prep!
  • Kid-Approved: Familiar flavors even picky eaters love.

⭐ Star Ingredients

ingredients for cold chicken pasta salad.

Here are the ingredients you'll need for Italian Chicken Pasta Salad.

  • Shredded Chicken: Rotisserie makes it easy, but grilled chicken works great too!
  • Whole Grain Pasta: I love penne for this—it holds dressing like a champ.
  • Cherry Tomatoes: Sweet, juicy bursts of freshness.
  • Italian Dressing: Homemade or store-bought, it ties everything together with zing.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Pesto Version: Swap the Italian dressing for basil pesto and toss with cherry tomatoes and fresh mozzarella pearls for a fresh take.
  • Mediterranean Twist: Add Kalamata olives, sun-dried tomatoes, and crumbled feta cheese for a Mediterranean-inspired version.
  • Veggie-Packed: Boost the nutrition by adding chopped bell peppers, cucumbers, or steamed broccoli florets.

For a richer pasta dish, you might also like Cowboy Butter Pasta or Mediterranean Orzo Salad With Lemon Vinaigrette.

💪 High-Protein & High-Fiber Boosts

Want to make this cold chicken pasta salad even more satisfying? Add a little extra power with these high-protein and fiber-rich upgrades:

  • Chickpeas or White Beans: Toss in ½ to 1 cup for extra fiber and plant-based protein. They blend right in with the texture and make it more filling.
  • Edamame: Shelled edamame adds a pop of color, crunch, and a big boost of protein—perfect for hungry teens or post-gym lunches.
  • Lentils: Cooked lentils bring earthy flavor and gut-friendly fiber. Just be sure they’re tender but not mushy.
  • Quinoa: Swap out some pasta or mix it in for added protein and fiber with a nutty twist.

💡Bonus Tip: These add-ins also make the salad last longer as leftovers—great for meal prep days when you're feeding the fam on autopilot.

🔪How To Make Cold Chicken Pasta Salad With Italian Dressing

Mixture of soy sauce, mustard, spices, salt, olive oil and garlic in a bowl.
  1. Step 1: Prepare the Italian dressing by mixing soy sauce, mustard, Italian herbs, salt, pepper, olive oil, and minced garlic in a bowl.
Pasta in a bowl.
  1. Step 2: Cook the pasta according to package instructions, drain, and let it cool completely in a large bowl.
Boiled pasta and cooked chicken in a bowl.
  1. Step 3: Add the chopped cooked chicken to the cooled pasta.
Boiled pasta, cooked chicken, chopped basil, Parmesan, thinly sliced onion, dressing, and halved cherry tomatoes in a bowl.
  1. Step 4: Toss in the chopped basil, grated Parmesan, thinly sliced red onion, prepared dressing, and halved cherry tomatoes.
Mixing boiled pasta, cooked chicken, chopped basil, Parmesan, thinly sliced onion, dressing, and halved cherry tomatoes in a bowl.
  1. Step 5: Mix everything thoroughly and refrigerate for 30 minutes to let the flavors meld.
Cold Chicken pasta salad in plate ready to be served.
  1. Step 6: Garnish with extra Parmesan and serve your Chicken Pasta Salad chilled.

💡Hint: Cool pasta fast by placing it in an ice water bath—cuts chill time in half!

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Rinse the Pasta: After draining, rinse the pasta under cold water to stop the cooking process immediately and cool it down faster.
  • Chill Ingredients Ahead: Store your cooked chicken and veggies in the fridge before adding them to the pasta to keep the salad cold from the start.
  • Use Ice Bath: Place the drained pasta in a bowl of ice water for a few minutes to cool it down quickly, then drain thoroughly before mixing.
Chicken pasta salad in a plate.

💭 FAQs

Can I use rotisserie chicken for this Italian pasta salad?

Absolutely! It’s a tasty, time-saving option and blends beautifully with the Italian dressing.

What’s the best pasta for chicken salad with pasta?

Rotini, penne, or bowties work well—they hold the dressing and don’t fall apart.

Can I use a different dressing for chicken pasta salad?

Absolutely! While Italian dressing adds a tangy flavor, you can substitute it with Ranch, Caesar Dressing, or a homemade vinaigrette to suit your taste preferences.

Can I make this pasta salad recipe ahead of time?

Yes—store the dressing separately if making more than a day ahead to keep it fresh. Refrigerate in an airtight container for up to 3 days. It’s not freezer-friendly due to texture changes.

💖 Serving Suggestions

Here are some great serving suggestions for your Italian Dressing Pasta Salad:

  • Snack Bowl: A small, protein-packed bowl makes a great afternoon pick-me-up.
  • Picnic-Ready: It travels well and tastes even better chilled.
  • Lunchbox Hero: Perfect for work or school—make it Sunday and enjoy all week.
  • Dinner Side: Serve with Parmesan Breadsticks or veggie soup.
  • Potluck Favorite: Easy to double—and it always disappears fast!
two bowls of cold chicken pasta salad with italian dressing.

🍽 Try These Simple Salads

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Side view of italian dressing chicken pasta salad on fork.
Cold Chicken Pasta Salad With Italian Dressing.

Cold Chicken Pasta Salad With Italian Dressing

Angela Milnes
Enjoy a refreshing and simple Chicken and Pasta Salad with Italian Dressing, perfect for a quick and flavorful meal. This delightful dish combines tender chicken, fresh veggies, and zesty dressing for a satisfying bite.
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 10 minutes
Refrigeration Time 30 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Course Side Dish
Cuisine Italian
Servings 5 Servings
Calories 2309 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 2 Cups Chicken Cooked, Shredded
  • 1 ¾ Cups Whole Grain Penne Pasta
  • 1 Cup Cherry Tomatoes
  • ½ Red Onion
  • ¼ Cup Soy Sauce
  • ¼ Cup Parmesan
  • 2-3 Sprigs Basil
  • 1 tablespoon Mustard
  • 2 Cloves Garlic Minced
  • 2 tablespoon Olive Oil
  • 1 teaspoon Salt
  • ½ teaspoon Black Pepper
  • 1 teaspoon Italian Herbs

Instructions
 

  • Prepare the Italian dressing by mixing soy sauce, mustard, Italian herbs, salt, pepper, olive oil, and minced garlic in a bowl.
  • Cook the pasta according to package instructions, drain, and let it cool completely in a large bowl.
  • Add the chopped cooked chicken to the cooled pasta.
  • Toss in the chopped basil, grated Parmesan, thinly sliced red onion, prepared dressing, and halved cherry tomatoes.
  • Mix everything thoroughly and refrigerate for 30 minutes to let the flavors meld.
  • Garnish with extra Parmesan and serve your Chicken Pasta Salad chilled.

Notes

Rinse the Pasta: After draining, rinse the pasta under cold water to stop the cooking process immediately and cool it down faster.
Chill Ingredients Ahead: Store your cooked chicken and veggies in the fridge before adding them to the pasta to keep the salad cold from the start.
Use Ice Bath: Place the drained pasta in a bowl of ice water for a few minutes to cool it down quickly, then drain thoroughly before mixing.

Nutrition

Calories: 2309kcalCarbohydrates: 278gProtein: 139gFat: 64gSaturated Fat: 14gPolyunsaturated Fat: 8gMonounsaturated Fat: 30gCholesterol: 227mgSodium: 6362mgPotassium: 1306mgFiber: 34gSugar: 16gVitamin A: 1308IUVitamin C: 41mgCalcium: 441mgIron: 8mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Check out our collection of salad recipes:

Moist Turkey Quinoa Meatloaf Muffins

by

Who said meatloaf has to be boring? These Turkey Quinoa Meatloaf Muffins are packed with flavor, perfectly portioned, and oh-so-tender! They’re a fun twist on a classic comfort food, making them great for meal prep or an easy weeknight dinner. Let’s bake up a batch of these wholesome quinoa meatloaf bites!

Chicken Quinoa Muffins
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Why This Recipe Works

  • Kid-Friendly and Perfectly Portion-Controlled: These turkey meatloaf muffins are a hit with my little ones! They love the mini size, and I love that it’s easy to serve them without any mess.
  • Healthy Ingredients That Don’t Skimp on Flavor: Using turkey and quinoa makes these muffins lighter but still super satisfying. Plus, you can sneak in some veggies without anyone noticing (mom win!).
  • Meal Prep Made Simple: Bake a batch, and you’ve got dinner sorted or lunches ready for the week. Turkey Quinoa Meatloaf freeze beautifully, so they’re always there when life gets hectic!

🥘 Ingredients

Ingredients for turkey quinoa meatloaf muffins.

Here’s how each ingredient brings this recipe to life:

  • Sriracha Sauce: A touch of heat for those who like a little spice in their bite!
  • Ground Turkey: A lean, protein-packed base that keeps the muffins light yet satisfying.
  • Red Pepper: Adds a touch of sweetness and a pop of color—perfect for sneaking in veggies!
  • Tomato Sauce: Keeps the muffins juicy and flavorful while tying all the ingredients together.
  • Quinoa: The perfect filler that’s wholesome and hearty, making these muffins extra satisfying.
  • Water: Helps cook the quinoa to perfection and keeps everything moist.
  • Egg Whites: The magic binder that holds everything together without weighing it down.
  • Onion: Adds a touch of sweetness and depth of flavor. My secret for an extra savory kick!
  • Mozzarella: A cheesy surprise that melts into every bite. Who doesn’t love that?
  • Parsley: A fresh herb that adds a bright touch to balance all the savory flavors.
  • Garlic: Four cloves of flavor-packed goodness—because everything is better with garlic!
  • Cumin: A warm spice that gives the muffins a subtle, earthy flavor.
  • Oregano: A classic herb that enhances the Italian-inspired vibe of these muffins.
  • Salt and Black Pepper: The essentials to bring out all the flavors.
  • Olive Oil: A little goes a long way to keep things from sticking and add richness.
  • Red Pepper Flakes: For a slight kick, just enough to keep it interesting!
  • Paprika: Adds a smoky depth that makes these muffins irresistible.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Ground Chicken or lean ground beef: Swap out the turkey for ground chicken or lean beef if that’s what you have on hand—it works just as well and keeps the muffins just as light.
  • Brown Rice instead of quinoa: Don’t have quinoa? Cooked brown rice is a great alternative for a hearty texture.
  • Cheddar Cheese instead of mozzarella: If you’re out of mozzarella, cheddar adds a sharper, richer flavor to the muffins.
  • Parmesan Cheese: Sprinkle in some Parmesan for a rich, cheesy flavor that pairs perfectly with the turkey and quinoa meat mixture.
  • Add Breadcrumbs: Mix in bread crumbs for a slightly firmer texture and a classic meatloaf feel.
  • Splash of Worcestershire Sauce: Add a splash to boost the savory, umami flavor—it’s a game-changer!
  • Chili Sauce: Swap out or mix with the tomato sauce for a sweet and spicy twist.

🔪 How To Make Turkey Quinoa Meatloaf Muffins

Diced onion, garlic and pepper in a pan.
  1. Step 1: Heat up a little olive oil in a pan and toss in your diced onion, garlic, and red pepper. Let them sizzle until they’re soft and smell amazing.
Cooked quinoa.
  1. Step 2: Get that quinoa nice and fluffy, then scoop it into a mixing bowl.
Fried vegetables and tomato sauce in a bowl.
  1. Step 3: Add your sautéed veggies and tomato sauce to the bowl. Stir it together like the pro mom chef you are!
Cooked quinoa.
  1. Step 4: Toss in the cooked quinoa, egg whites, and fresh parsley. Give it a good mix; this is where it starts coming together.
Fried vegetables, tomato sauce, quinoa, egg whites, parsley, chicken and cheese in a bowl.
  1. Step 5: Add the ground turkey and mozzarella to the bowl. A little cheese love makes everything better, right?
Mixture of Fried vegetables, tomato sauce, quinoa, egg whites, parsley, chicken and cheese, in small bowls kept in air fryer for baking.
  1. Step 6: Spoon the mixture into silicone muffin cups. It’s like meal prep magic happening right before your eyes!
Baked chicken quinoa muffins in air fryer.
  1. Step 7: Pop them into your air fryer and let them cook for 20 minutes at 350°F. Your kitchen will smell irresistible!
Baked chicken quinoa muffins ready to be served in a plate.
  1. Step 8: Plate them up and watch the family dig in. These muffins are perfect for dinner, lunchboxes, or even a quick snack!

💡 Hint: Press the mixture firmly into the muffin cups so they hold their shape but don’t overfill—this helps them cook evenly and pop out easily.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

Keeping turkey meatloaf moist is all about the right mix of ingredients and a little extra care. Here are some mom-tested tips:

  • Add moisture-rich ingredients: Tomato sauce, sautéed veggies like onion and red pepper, or even a splash of broth work wonders to keep the turkey from drying out.
  • Don’t overmix: Gently combine the ingredients just until they’re blended. Overmixing can make the meatloaf tough.
  • Cook at the right temperature: Low and slow is key! Whether you’re baking or air frying, stick to 350°F and check for doneness to avoid overcooking.
  • Let it rest: After cooking, give the meatloaf a few minutes to rest. This helps the juices redistribute, keeping every bite tender and moist.

💭 FAQs

How To Store Meatloaf Muffins?

Storing your meatloaf muffins is super simple and keeps them fresh for quick meals later! Pop them into an airtight container and store them in the fridge for up to 4 days.

Can You Freeze Cooked Meatloaf?

Yes, you can absolutely freeze meatloaf, and it’s a total lifesaver for busy nights! You can make a big batch, freeze them for later, and pop out just the number you need for a quick meal or snack. They’re great for meal prep, school lunches, or even as a party appetizer. Plus, they’ll stay fresh in the freezer for up to 3 months.

Is It Better To Freeze Meatloaf Cooked Or Uncooked?

As a busy mom, I prefer freezing meatloaf raw so it tastes freshly baked when I’m ready to cook it, but freezing it cooked is great for quick, heat-and-eat meals on hectic nights—both work wonderfully!

How To Cook These Muffins In The Oven?

If you don’t have an air fryer, no worries—these meatloaf muffins bake up beautifully in the oven! Just preheat to 375°F, grease your muffin tin, (or muffin pan), and fill the cups with your turkey mixture. Bake for 25-30 minutes until the tops are golden and the centers are cooked through. Let them cool for a few minutes before popping them out. They’ll still be perfectly tender and just as delicious—easy peasy!

How Do I Know The Meatloaf Is Cooked?

When your meatloaf muffins are cooked in the oven or air fryer, the internal temperature should reach 165°F (74°C). You can use a meat thermometer to check, or look for signs like golden edges, a firm texture, and juices that run clear when pierced.

🧂Serving Suggestions

Looking for the perfect sides to serve with your meatloaf muffins? Try these tasty ideas:

Baked turkey quinoa muffins ready to be served in a plate..

🍽 More Turkey Recipes To Try

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Moist Turkey Quinoa Meatloaf muffins.

Moist Turkey Quinoa Meatloaf Muffins

Angela Milnes
Savor every bite of these Moist Turkey Quinoa Meatloaf Muffins, packed with rich, savory flavors! Perfect for dinner, lunchboxes, or a quick snack, they’re simple to make and sure to be a hit with the family. 
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Course Main Course
Cuisine American
Servings 5 Servings
Calories 1097 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 Cup Ground Turkey
  • 1 Cup Tomato Sauce
  • ½ Cup Quinoa
  • 1 Cup Water
  • ⅓ Cups Eggs Whites
  • 1 Onion
  • ½ Cup Mozzarella
  • ½ Cup Parsley
  • 4 Cloves Garlic
  • 1 Tsp. Cumin
  • 1 Tsp. Oregano
  • 1 Tsp. Salt
  • ½ Tsp. Black Pepper
  • 1 Tbsp. Olive Oil
  • ½ Tsp. Red Pepper Flakes
  • 1 Tsp. Paprika
  • 1 Tsp. Sriracha Sauce

Instructions
 

  • Heat up a little olive oil in a pan and toss in your diced onion, garlic, and red pepper. Let them sizzle until they’re soft and smell amazing.
  • Get that quinoa nice and fluffy, then scoop it into a mixing bowl.
  • Add your sautéed veggies and tomato sauce to the bowl. Stir it together like the pro mom chef you are!
  • Toss in the cooked quinoa, egg whites, and fresh parsley. Give it a good mix—this is where it starts coming together.
  • Add the ground turkey and mozzarella to the bowl. A little cheese love makes everything better, right?
  • Spoon the mixture into silicone muffin cups. It’s like meal prep magic happening right before your eyes!
  • Pop them into your air fryer and let them cook for 20 minutes at 350°F. Your kitchen will smell irresistible!
  • Plate them up and watch the family dig in. These muffins are perfect for dinner, lunchboxes, or even a quick snack!

Notes

Don’t skip the sauté: Cooking the onion, garlic, and pepper beforehand brings out their sweetness and ensures there’s no raw crunch in your muffins. It’s worth the extra step!
Pack the muffin cups just right: Press the mixture firmly into the muffin cups so they hold their shape but don’t overfill—this helps them cook evenly and pop out easily.
Use silicone muffin cups: These are a lifesaver for easy cleanup and ensure your muffins don’t stick. Plus, they make portioning a breeze!

Nutrition

Calories: 1097kcalCarbohydrates: 98gProtein: 96gFat: 40gSaturated Fat: 11gPolyunsaturated Fat: 7gMonounsaturated Fat: 17gTrans Fat: 0.04gCholesterol: 160mgSodium: 3939mgPotassium: 2793mgFiber: 19gSugar: 16gVitamin A: 7328IUVitamin C: 73mgCalcium: 730mgIron: 17mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Fantastic Recipes To Try:

Best Keto Tuna Salad Recipe With Apple and Pumpkin Seeds

by

Looking for a light, flavorful lunch that keeps you full without the carb crash? This Keto Tuna Salad Recipe is crunchy, creamy, and just what you need to level up your low-carb game.

Keto Tuna Salad With Apple and Pumpkin Seeds.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

This isn’t your average tuna salad. It’s bright, crisp, herby, and full of texture—think creamy tuna tossed with crunchy apple, toasted pumpkin seeds, and tangy pickles over fresh greens. It’s the kind of keto lunch idea that actually keeps you satisfied (and coming back for more).

I love serving it with Crispy Air Fryer Beet Chips or sipping on a refreshing Passion Fruit Juice for a light, balanced combo.

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Quick and Easy: 10 minutes from pantry to plate.
  • Perfect Meal Prep: Make ahead and enjoy all week.
  • Keto & Nutrient Dense: Low in carbs, high in flavor and healthy fats.

⭐ Star Ingredients

Tuna Salad Ingredients.
  • Canned Tuna: I use tuna in olive oil for richness, but water-packed works great too.
  • Apple: A little goes a long way. I dice about 1–2 tablespoons finely for a touch of sweetness that still fits a keto lifestyle.
  • Pumpkin Seeds: Nutty crunch, packed with minerals, and even better when toasted.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Tangy Pop: Add capers, gherkins, or a splash of lemon juice for brightness.
  • Crunch Factor: Swap pumpkin seeds for sunflower seeds or toss in chopped celery.
  • Lighter Creaminess: Sub some mayo with Greek yogurt or avocado mash.
  • Extra Protein: Add hard-boiled eggs or small cheddar cubes.
  • Herb & Spice Boosters: Don’t stop at dill! Add cayenne for gentle heat, Dijon for depth, and fresh cilantro or parsley for a bold herby twist.
    Savory Finish – Drizzle with a little olive or avocado oil before serving.

💡Mayo-Free Option: Most tuna salads rely solely on mayo, but this one plays well with alternatives! Mix 1 tablespoon olive oil, 1 teaspoon lemon juice, 1 teaspoon Dijon mustard, and a pinch of salt for a fresh, vinaigrette-style dressing—perfect if you want a lighter, tangier take.

Want more veggie-packed ideas? Try my Charred Corn Salad With Tomatoes, Peach Caprese Salad With Blueberries, or Kale Apple Salad With Pomegranates for fresh inspiration.

🔪 How To Make This Keto Tuna Salad Recipe

Mixing canned tuna with chopped red onion and finely chopped pickled cucumber.
  1. Step 1: In a bowl, combine the canned tuna with chopped red onion and finely chopped pickled cucumber.
Mixing dill with canned tuna.
  1. Step 2: Add in the chopped dill and a pinch of salt. Mix well.
Spinach, lettuce, sliced apples and pumpkin seeds in a serving bowl.
  1. Step 3: In a serving bowl, toss together spinach, lettuce, sliced apples, and a handful of pumpkin seeds.
Tuna mixture on top of spinach, lettuce, sliced apples and pumpkin seeds in a serving bowl.
  1. Step 4: Place the tuna mixture on top of the salad. Do not stir. Sprinkle more pumpkin seeds over the top and enjoy!

💡Hint: Toast your pumpkin seeds in a dry pan for 2 minutes to bring out a rich, nutty flavor.

Keto Tuna Salad With Apple and Pumpkin Seeds

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Choose Crisp Lettuce: Romaine or butter lettuce adds crunch and holds up well to tuna.
  • Dice the Apple Finely: Keeps carbs in check and sweetness balanced in every bite.
  • Chill Before Serving: Let it sit for 10–15 minutes so flavors can mingle.
  • Tuna Upgrade: Use high-quality canned tuna or even grilled fresh tuna for a gourmet version.

💭 FAQs

What Can I Mix With Tuna That’s Keto-Friendly?

Great keto-friendly mix-ins include chopped pickles, celery, red onion, capers, hard-boiled eggs, avocado, or shredded cheese. Dress with full-fat mayo, Greek yogurt, or a simple olive oil and lemon vinaigrette.

Can You Make Tuna Salad With Fresh Tuna?

Absolutely! Grill or sear fresh tuna, flake once cooled, and mix with your ingredients for a super fresh upgrade.

Can I Add Mustard To Tuna Salad?

Yes! Dijon or whole grain mustard gives it a tangy kick, especially when paired with dill or pickles.

Are Eggs Keto Friendly In Tuna Salad?

Definitely. Hard-boiled eggs are low in carbs and high in protein—perfect for bulking up the salad.

How To Keep Tuna Salad Fresh?

Store in an airtight container in the fridge and enjoy within 1–2 days for the best flavor and texture.

💖 Serving Suggestions

Serve your keto tuna salad with:

  • Radish Slaw: Spicy, crisp, and refreshing.
  • Avocado Slices: Creamy, filling, and loaded with healthy fats.
  • Cucumber Chips: Fresh and crunchy, perfect for scooping.
  • Cauliflower Rice: A hearty, low-carb side to round out your meal.
  • Hard-Boiled Eggs: Boosts protein and makes it feel more substantial.
  • Lettuce Wraps: Scoop the tuna mix into romaine or butter leaves for a portable option.

How To Use Leftovers

Leftover keto tuna salad is super versatile! Here are a few ways to enjoy it the next day:

  • Stuff it into an avocado half for a creamy, filling lunch.
  • Scoop into bell pepper boats for a fresh, crunchy twist.
  • Toss it into a quick omelette for a protein-packed breakfast.
  • Serve over warm roasted cauliflower or zucchini noodles for a cozy low-carb dinner.
  • Use as a dip with flaxseed crackers or cheese crisps for a satisfying snack.
Top view of tuna salad in a serving bowl.

🍽 More Fantastic Salad Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Keto Tuna Salad With Apple and Pumpkin Seeds.

Keto Tuna Salad With Apple and Pumpkin Seeds

Angela Milnes
Enjoy a refreshing Tuna Salad by mixing tuna, crunchy apple slices, and pumpkin seeds. Toss with a light mayonnaise dressing for added creaminess. Perfect for a satisfying, low-carb meal!
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Course Lunch
Cuisine American
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 212 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 1 Cup Spinach
  • 2 Apple
  • 1 Cup Lettuce
  • 1 Cup  Canned Tuna
  • ¼ Cup Mayonnaise
  • 2 tablespoon Red Onion Sliced
  • 2 tablespoon Pumpkin Seeds
  • 1 tablespoon Dill
  • 1 tablespoon Pickled Cucumber Chopped
  • ½ teaspoon Salt

Instructions
 

  • In a bowl, combine the canned tuna with chopped red onion and finely chopped pickled cucumber.
  • Add in the chopped dill and a pinch of salt. Mix well.
  • In a serving bowl, toss together spinach, lettuce, sliced apples, and a handful of pumpkin seeds.
  • Place the tuna mixture on top of the salad. Do not stir. Sprinkle more pumpkin seeds over the top and enjoy!

Notes

Choose Crisp, Fresh Lettuce – Use romaine or butter lettuce leaves to give a sturdy, fresh base for your salad. This adds crunch and makes it easier to scoop up every delicious bite.
Dice the Apple Finely – Keep apple pieces small to add a hint of sweetness without overpowering the keto balance. This also helps you enjoy a bit of apple in each forkful while keeping the carbs in check.
Toast the Pumpkin Seeds – Lightly toasting the pumpkin seeds can bring out a rich, nutty flavor that makes the salad even tastier. Just a couple of minutes in a dry skillet will do the trick.
Chill Before Serving – Letting the salad sit in the fridge for 10-15 minutes allows the flavors to meld. This makes it taste even better when you’re ready to serve!

Nutrition

Calories: 212kcalCarbohydrates: 15gProtein: 10gFat: 14gSaturated Fat: 2gPolyunsaturated Fat: 7gMonounsaturated Fat: 3gTrans Fat: 0.03gCholesterol: 20mgSodium: 503mgPotassium: 287mgFiber: 3gSugar: 10gVitamin A: 881IUVitamin C: 7mgCalcium: 30mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

Valentines Day Charcuterie Board

by

Celebrate love with this stunning Valentines Day Charcuterie Board, the perfect blend of sweet and savory treats! Packed with heart-shaped cheese slices, juicy strawberries, and a beautiful pepperoni rose, it’s a feast for the eyes and taste buds.

Whether you're planning a romantic date night or a cozy family celebration, this board will steal the show. Easy to customize and fun to make, it’s an ideal centerpiece for any Valentine’s Day gathering. Get ready to impress your loved ones with this simple yet gorgeous charcuterie board!

Valentines Day Charcuterie Board.
[feast_advanced_jump_to]

Looking for a great dessert to serve with this charcuterie? Why not try our Creamy Vanilla Eclair Cake, a slice of Honey Bun Cake With Vanilla Glaze or whip up some delicious Blueberry Angel Biscuits With Cream Cheese Topping.

Why This Recipe Works

  • Easy and Impressive: It’s super easy to make but it looks like you spent hours creating it.
  • Perfect for Celebrations: It’s a fun and festive way to celebrate Valentine’s Day with loved ones.
  • Customizable and Fun: You can customize it with everyone’s favorite snacks and treats!
Valentines Day Party Platter.

🥘 Ingredients 

Ingredients to make valentines party Platter.
  • Wedge Brie Cheese: Adds creaminess and richness, pairing beautifully with honey and walnuts for a touch of elegance.
  • Stilton Cheese with Cranberry: Brings tangy flavors with sweet cranberries, creating a festive and colorful contrast.
  • Muenster Cheese Slices: Offers a mild, creamy flavor and is perfect for cutting into heart shapes to add a festive touch.
  • Salami Slices: Provides a savory, bold flavor that complements the cheeses and is easy to fold into cute little bundles.
  • Pepperoni Slices: Works wonderfully for crafting a stunning rose centerpiece, adding smoky and slightly spicy notes.
  • Spicy Pepperoni Nuggets: Delivers a zesty kick and is perfect for those who enjoy a little extra spice on their plate.
  • Honey: Enhances the sweetness of the board and pairs perfectly with Brie for a delicious sticky-sweet topping.
  • Entertainment Crackers: Acts as the perfect crispy base for layering meats, cheeses, and spreads, adding a satisfying crunch.
  • Pretzel Bites: Brings a salty crunch and is a great pairing with the creamy cheeses and savory meats.
  • Whole Almonds: Contributes a nutty, natural crunch and balances the board with a healthy and flavorful addition.
  • Chopped Walnuts: Adds texture and a slightly bitter-sweet flavor, elevating the Brie to gourmet levels.
  • Strawberries: Provides vibrant color and sweet juiciness, with halved pieces resembling little hearts for Valentine’s Day.
  • Raspberries: Brings tart-sweet bursts of flavor and their bold red color adds a romantic vibe to the arrangement.
  • Red Apple: Offers crisp and refreshing slices that pair wonderfully with the sharp and creamy cheeses.
  • Green Olives: Adds a tangy, salty flavor, creating a delightful contrast to the fruits and cheeses.
  • Sprigs of Sage: Gives the board a fresh green touch and a subtle herbal fragrance, tying everything together beautifully.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

  • Kiddie Charcuterie Board: Use fun-shaped sandwiches, cheese cubes, fruit snacks, and crackers to delight the little ones.
  • Dessert Charcuterie Board: Swap meats for chocolates, marshmallows, cookies, and berries for a sweet treat everyone will love.
  • Breakfast Charcuterie Board: Include mini pancakes, bagels, cream cheese, fresh fruits, and jams for a brunch-ready platter.

🔪 How To Make Valentines Day Charcuterie Board

Slicing Muenster cheese using a heart-shaped cookie cutter.

Step One: Use a heart-shaped cookie cutter to slice the Muenster cheese into adorable heart-shaped slices. Set them aside for later placement on the board.

Brie cheese, stilton Cheese, and muenster cheese on a wooden board.

Step Two: Start arranging the cheeses. Place them in random spots on the board, leaving space for other ingredients. Crumble portions of the cranberry Stilton cheese for a rustic look. Take the Brie wedge, sprinkle some chopped walnuts on top, and drizzle with honey for added sweetness and texture.

Prepare the salami slices with a toothpick.

Step Three: Prepare the salami by folding each slice in half and securing it with a toothpick. Add 3-4 slices to each toothpick to form a little bundle. Place these bundles on the board.

Making rose from salami slices.

Step Four: Fold the pepperoni slices in half and arrange them along the rim of a small cup, overlapping them slightly to create a layered effect.

Making rose from salami slices.

Step Five: Carefully flip the pepperoni arrangement over to form a pepperoni rose. Place this rose in an open spot on the board for a beautiful centerpiece.

Brie cheese, stilton Cheese, muenster cheese, pretzel bites, salami, and pepperoni on a wooden board.

Step Six: Add the salami nuggets and pretzel bites to the board. Arrange them near the meats or cheeses to keep complementary flavors together.

Brie cheese, stilton Cheese, muenster cheese, pretzel bites, salami, pepperoni, crackers, and fruits on a wooden board.

Step Seven: Fill in the board with crackers in various spots. Add halved strawberries, arranging them to look heart-like for a festive touch. Thinly slice the apples and place them in another area, ensuring a good balance of colors and textures.

Valentines Day Charcuterie Board.

Step Eight: Finish by adding the remaining ingredients like nuts, dried fruits, or candies in the blank spots, keeping similar foods grouped together. Add any decorative garnishes, such as sprigs of fresh herbs or edible flowers, for a polished look. Serve and enjoy your stunning Valentines Day charcuterie board!

Charcuterie board prepared for Valentines Day.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

Follow these tips to nail this charcuterie board for Valentines Day

  • Balance Flavors: Add a mix of sweet, salty, and tangy items like dried apricots, olives, or a dollop of fig jam to make each bite exciting.
  • Layer Textures: Choose a variety of textures—soft cheeses, crunchy nuts, and crisp crackers—for a board that's as fun to eat as it is to look at.
  • Fresh Is Best: Use fresh herbs like rosemary or thyme as garnishes; they add a lovely pop of green and a hint of fragrance.
  • Prep Ahead: Slice fruits and cheeses earlier in the day and store them in airtight containers to save time when assembling the board.

💭 FAQs

What Fruits Are Best For This Charcuterie Board?

Strawberries, raspberries, and apples add sweetness, color, and freshness.

Can I Swap The Meats For Something Else?

Absolutely! Swap pepperoni and salami for turkey, chicken, or even vegetarian options.

Can I Add Other Nuts?

Yes! Walnuts, almonds, and even cashews are great choices to add some crunch.

How Long Will The Charcuterie Board Stay Fresh?

It stays fresh for about 2-3 hours at room temperature, but it’s best served right away.

How Do I Keep The Cheese Fresh On The Board?

Keep cheeses wrapped and chilled until just before serving to maintain freshness.

🧂Serving Suggestions

These are my favorite drinks to serve with this Valentines platter.

  • Grapefruit Rosemary Mocktail: A refreshing mix of tart grapefruit and fragrant rosemary for a light, herbal touch.
  • Cranberry Lime Mocktail: A zesty blend of cranberry and lime that adds a burst of tart sweetness to balance out the flavors.
  • Passion Fruit Juice: Sweet and tangy, this tropical juice will bring a refreshing and exotic flavor to your spread.
  • Brazilian Limeade: A creamy, sweet limeade made with condensed milk for a smooth, dreamy drink everyone will love.
  • Fresh Fruit Strawberry Sangria: A fruity, refreshing sangria packed with fresh strawberries and citrus for a festive, sweet sip.
Charcuterie board prepared for Valentines Day.

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Valentines Day Charcuterie Board.

Valentines Day Charcuterie Board

Angela Milnes
This Valentine’s Day Charcuterie Board is a fun, easy, and delicious way to celebrate with loved ones—perfectly packed with sweet and savory bites!
5 from 1 vote
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
0 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Course Appetizer
Cuisine American
Servings 6 Servings
Calories 843 kcal

Ingredients
  

Cheeses

  • 4 oz Brie Cheese
  • 4 oz Stilton Cheese With Cranberry
  • 2 oz Muenster Cheese Slices

Meats

  • 3 oz Salami Slices
  • 4 oz Pepperoni Slices
  • 4 oz Spicy Pepperoni Nuggets

Dips

  • ½ Cup Honey

Nuts And Crackers

  • 1 Box Entertainment Crackers
  • 3 oz Pretzel Bites
  • 2 oz Whole Almonds
  • 2 oz Chopped Walnuts

Fruits

  • 4 oz Strawberry (some chocolate covered)
  • 3 oz Raspberries
  • 1 Red Apple
  • 4 oz Green Olives

Optional Garnish

  • Sprigs of Sage

Instructions
 

  • Use a heart-shaped cookie cutter to slice the Muenster cheese into adorable heart-shaped slices. Set them aside for later placement on the board.
  • Start arranging the cheeses. Place them in random spots on the board, leaving space for other ingredients. Crumble portions of the cranberry Stilton cheese for a rustic look. Take the Brie wedge, sprinkle some chopped walnuts on top, and drizzle with honey for added sweetness and texture.
  • Prepare the salami by folding each slice in half and securing it with a toothpick. Add 3-4 slices to each toothpick to form a little bundle. Place these bundles on the board.
  • Fold the pepperoni slices in half and arrange them along the rim of a small cup, overlapping them slightly to create a layered effect.
  • Carefully flip the pepperoni arrangement over to form a pepperoni rose. Place this rose in an open spot on the board for a beautiful centerpiece.
  • Add the salami nuggets and pretzel bites to the board. Arrange them near the meats or cheeses to keep complementary flavors together.
  • Fill in the board with crackers in various spots. Add halved strawberries, arranging them to look heart-like for a festive touch. Thinly slice the apples and place them in another area, ensuring a good balance of colors and textures.
  • Finish by adding the remaining ingredients like nuts, dried fruits, or candies in the blank spots, keeping similar foods grouped together. Add any decorative garnishes, such as sprigs of fresh herbs or edible flowers, for a polished look. Serve and enjoy your stunning Valentine’s Day charcuterie board!

Notes

  • Balance Flavors: Add a mix of sweet, salty, and tangy items like dried apricots, olives, or a dollop of fig jam to make each bite exciting.
  • Layer Textures: Choose a variety of textures—soft cheeses, crunchy nuts, and crisp crackers—for a board that's as fun to eat as it is to look at.
  • Fresh Is Best: Use fresh herbs like rosemary or thyme as garnishes; they add a lovely pop of green and a hint of fragrance.
  • Prep Ahead: Slice fruits and cheeses earlier in the day and store them in airtight containers to save time when assembling the board.

Nutrition

Calories: 843kcalCarbohydrates: 67gProtein: 31gFat: 52gSaturated Fat: 18gPolyunsaturated Fat: 12gMonounsaturated Fat: 19gTrans Fat: 1gCholesterol: 95mgSodium: 2267mgPotassium: 541mgFiber: 5gSugar: 32gVitamin A: 461IUVitamin C: 17mgCalcium: 325mgIron: 6mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!

More Valentine's Treats Ideas:

Easy Greek Zucchini Moussaka (Vegetarian & Comforting)

by

This Easy Greek Zucchini Moussaka is a cozy, flavor-packed twist on the classic Greek comfort food. With layers of tender zucchini, hearty potatoes, and juicy tomatoes, it's a satisfying and wholesome dish that brings the best of Mediterranean ingredients to your table.

Easy Greek Zucchini Moussaka recipe.

This Zucchini Moussaka is your go-to when you're craving comfort food with a Mediterranean twist. It's perfect for family dinners, meal prepping, or impressing guests at your next gathering.

If you're loving this, don't miss out on my Arugula Fritatta, our Spanakopita With Puff Pastry, or this easy Shrimp Cakes With Hot Sauce recipe for more delicious inspiration.

[feast_advanced_jump_to]

💖 Why This Recipe Works

  • Simple and Wholesome: Made with everyday ingredients, this recipe is easy to prepare and packed with natural flavors.
  • Rich Mediterranean Flavors: The combination of paprika, garlic, and olive oil gives it an authentic Greek taste.
  • Versatile Dish: Perfect as a main course or a side dish for family dinners or special occasions.

⭐ Star Ingredients

Easy Greek Zucchini Moussaka Ingredients.
  • Zucchini: Fresh zucchini slices are the star of this Mediterranean zucchini dish, adding a tender and flavorful base.
  • Potatoes: Layers of hearty potatoes bring texture and balance to this layered zucchini and potato bake.
  • Tomato: Juicy tomatoes provide a burst of natural sweetness and tanginess.
  • Cream Cheese: Creates a rich, creamy texture for the perfect topping.
  • Olive Oil: High-quality olive oil ties the ingredients together with its smooth, Mediterranean essence.

For the complete list of ingredients with measurements and instructions, please see the recipe card at the bottom of the post.

📖  Substitutions & Variations

🔪 How To Make Greek Zucchini Moussaka

flour in a mixing bowl.
  1. Step 1: In a bowl, mix the flour, salt, paprika and garlic powder.
flour coated potatoes on a baking sheet.
  1. Step 2: Cut the potatoes into slices. Dredge all the potatoes in this mixture and place them on a greased baking sheet.
flour coated zucchini placed on top of potatoes.
  1. Step 3: Dip half of the sliced zucchini into the mixture and place on top of the potatoes.
cream cheese and tomato slices on top of layered potato and zucchini slices.
  1. Step 4: Place cream cheese on top and tomato slices on top.
unbaked Greek Zucchini Moussaka.
  1. Step 5: Then, if desired, you can put a couple of sprigs of any greens, and on top another layer of zucchini rolled in the flour mixture.
baked Greek Zucchini Moussaka.
  1. Step 6: Bake the Easy Greek Zucchini Moussaka at 350°F for 35-45 minutes, then serve warm and enjoy!
side view of a slice of Greek Zucchini Moussaka on a white plate, served on lettuce with grape tomatoes on the side.

💡Hint: For a crispier top, broil the moussaka for the last 2-3 minutes of baking.

👩‍🍳 Expert Tips

  • Choose the Right Potatoes: Opt for starchy varieties like Russets—they hold their shape and absorb flavors beautifully.
  • Uniform Slicing: Slice zucchini and potatoes evenly to ensure consistent cooking and a harmonious texture throughout.
  • Pat Zucchini Dry: Before layering, pat zucchini slices dry to prevent excess moisture and achieve a firmer moussaka.
  • Rest Before Serving: Allow the moussaka to rest for about 15 minutes after baking; this helps the layers set and enhances flavor melding.
  • Cheese Topping: Sprinkle a mix of mozzarella and Parmesan on top before baking for a golden, bubbly finish.
close view of a slice of Greek Zucchini Moussaka on a white plate, served on lettuce with grape tomatoes on the side.

💭 Zucchini Moussaka FAQs

Can I make Greek Zucchini Moussaka ahead of time?

Absolutely! Assemble the dish up to a day in advance, cover tightly, and refrigerate. Let it come to room temperature before baking.

How do I prevent the moussaka from becoming watery?

Pat the zucchini slices dry with a paper towel before dredging them in the flour mixture. Using firmer tomatoes can also help.

Can I make this into a low-carb zucchini bake?

Yes, by omitting the potatoes or substituting them with more zucchini or eggplant, you can enjoy a delicious low-carb zucchini bake.

How can I make Zucchini Moussaka dairy-free?

Substitute cream cheese with plant-based alternatives like cashew cream or dairy-free ricotta. For the topping, use a dairy-free béchamel sauce made with almond or soy milk and a plant-based butter substitute.

Best way to store Zucchini Moussaka?

Store leftover moussaka in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3-4 days. To freeze, wrap it tightly in plastic wrap or aluminum foil and place it in an airtight container or freezer bag. It will keep for up to 2-3 months.

💖 Serving Suggestions

This Greek zucchini casserole pairs wonderfully with:

  • Rice Pilaf: Serve with a side of fluffy rice pilaf seasoned with herbs for a complete and filling meal.
  • Grilled Chicken: For added protein, serve alongside grilled chicken breasts or thighs, which pair well with the rich, savory moussaka.
  • Pita Bread: Warm pita bread on the side to soak up the delicious juices from the moussaka and add a bit of extra texture to the meal.
  • Tzatziki Sauce: Pair with a dollop of tzatziki sauce for a cool, creamy complement to the savory flavors of the moussaka.
  • Fresh Greek Salad: Serve with a light Greek salad featuring cucumbers, tomatoes, olives, and feta for a refreshing, crunchy contrast to the warm, creamy moussaka.
A fork holding a bite of Zucchini Moussaka.

🍽 Try These Easy Zucchini Recipes

Did you make this recipe? Leave a review and a ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating below, or tag us in our Facebook Group! Alternatively, bookmark it in your browser or save to Pinterest.

Easy Greek Zucchini Moussaka.

Easy Greek Zucchini Moussaka

Angela Milnes
Easy Greek Zucchini Moussaka is a hearty, flavorful bake with layers of potatoes, zucchini, tomatoes, and creamy cheese.
5 from 2 votes
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 40 minutes
Total Time 1 hour
Course Oven Baked Recipes
Cuisine Greek
Servings 6 Servings
Calories 328 kcal

Ingredients
  

  • 2 Zucchini
  • 3 Potatoes
  • 1 Tomato
  • 1 Cup Flour
  • 1 teaspoon Salt
  • 1 teaspoon Paprika
  • 1 tsp Garlic Powder
  • 1 Cup Cream Cheese
  • 1 tablespoon Olive Oil

Instructions
 

  • In a bowl, mix the flour, salt, paprika and garlic powder.
  • Cut the potatoes into slices. Dredge all the potatoes in this mixture and place them on a greased baking sheet.
  • Dip half of the sliced zucchini into the mixture and place on top of the potatoes.
  • Place cream cheese on top and tomato slices on top.
  • Then, if desired, you can put a couple of sprigs of any greens, and on top another layer of zucchini rolled in the flour mixture.
  • Bake the Easy Greek Zucchini Moussaka at 350°F for 35-45 minutes, then serve warm and enjoy!

Notes

Use Firm Potatoes: Choose starchy potatoes like Russets for a firmer texture that holds up well in the moussaka layers.
Even Slicing: Slice the zucchini and potatoes evenly to ensure they cook uniformly, creating a perfect layer every time.
Pat Dry Zucchini: Before dipping the zucchini in the flour mixture, pat it dry to remove excess moisture. This prevents soggy layers and enhances the dish’s texture.
Crispier Potatoes: If you prefer extra crispy potatoes, give them a quick pre-bake for 10 minutes before layering them with the zucchini and other toppings.

Nutrition

Calories: 328kcalCarbohydrates: 40gProtein: 8gFat: 16gSaturated Fat: 8gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 5gCholesterol: 38mgSodium: 520mgPotassium: 753mgFiber: 4gSugar: 5gVitamin A: 976IUVitamin C: 35mgCalcium: 67mgIron: 2mg
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate this Recipe
Tried this recipe?Let us know how it was!